blob: ced300b4d7312fb94b21dc1bfb71fa0cacd9d388 [file] [log] [blame]
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001//===--- SemaExpr.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Expressions -----------------===//
2//
3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
Chris Lattner0bc735f2007-12-29 19:59:25 +00005// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00007//
8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9//
10// This file implements semantic analysis for expressions.
11//
12//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
13
14#include "Sema.h"
15#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
Daniel Dunbarc4a1dea2008-08-11 05:35:13 +000016#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
Chris Lattner04421082008-04-08 04:40:51 +000017#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
Steve Narofff494b572008-05-29 21:12:08 +000018#include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h"
Douglas Gregoraaba5e32009-02-04 19:02:06 +000019#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +000020#include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h"
21#include "clang/Lex/LiteralSupport.h"
22#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +000023#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +000024#include "clang/Parse/DeclSpec.h"
Chris Lattner418f6c72008-10-26 23:43:26 +000025#include "clang/Parse/Designator.h"
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +000026#include "clang/Parse/Scope.h"
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +000027using namespace clang;
28
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000029/// \brief Determine whether the use of this declaration is valid, and
30/// emit any corresponding diagnostics.
31///
32/// This routine diagnoses various problems with referencing
33/// declarations that can occur when using a declaration. For example,
34/// it might warn if a deprecated or unavailable declaration is being
35/// used, or produce an error (and return true) if a C++0x deleted
36/// function is being used.
37///
38/// \returns true if there was an error (this declaration cannot be
39/// referenced), false otherwise.
40bool Sema::DiagnoseUseOfDecl(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc) {
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000041 // See if the decl is deprecated.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +000042 if (D->getAttr<DeprecatedAttr>()) {
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000043 // Implementing deprecated stuff requires referencing deprecated
44 // stuff. Don't warn if we are implementing a deprecated
45 // construct.
Chris Lattnerf15970c2009-02-16 19:35:30 +000046 bool isSilenced = false;
47
48 if (NamedDecl *ND = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl()) {
49 // If this reference happens *in* a deprecated function or method, don't
50 // warn.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +000051 isSilenced = ND->getAttr<DeprecatedAttr>();
Chris Lattnerf15970c2009-02-16 19:35:30 +000052
53 // If this is an Objective-C method implementation, check to see if the
54 // method was deprecated on the declaration, not the definition.
55 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(ND)) {
56 // The semantic decl context of a ObjCMethodDecl is the
57 // ObjCImplementationDecl.
58 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *Impl
59 = dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(MD->getParent())) {
60
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +000061 MD = Impl->getClassInterface()->getMethod(MD->getSelector(),
Chris Lattnerf15970c2009-02-16 19:35:30 +000062 MD->isInstanceMethod());
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +000063 isSilenced |= MD && MD->getAttr<DeprecatedAttr>();
Chris Lattnerf15970c2009-02-16 19:35:30 +000064 }
65 }
66 }
67
68 if (!isSilenced)
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000069 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_deprecated) << D->getDeclName();
70 }
71
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000072 // See if this is a deleted function.
Douglas Gregor25d944a2009-02-24 04:26:15 +000073 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000074 if (FD->isDeleted()) {
75 Diag(Loc, diag::err_deleted_function_use);
76 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_unavailable_here) << true;
77 return true;
78 }
Douglas Gregor25d944a2009-02-24 04:26:15 +000079 }
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000080
81 // See if the decl is unavailable
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +000082 if (D->getAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) {
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000083 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_unavailable) << D->getDeclName();
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000084 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_unavailable_here) << 0;
85 }
86
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000087 return false;
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000088}
89
Fariborz Jahanian5b530052009-05-13 18:09:35 +000090/// DiagnoseSentinelCalls - This routine checks on method dispatch calls
91/// (and other functions in future), which have been declared with sentinel
92/// attribute. It warns if call does not have the sentinel argument.
93///
94void Sema::DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc,
95 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs)
96{
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +000097 const SentinelAttr *attr = D->getAttr<SentinelAttr>();
Fariborz Jahanian88f1ba02009-05-13 23:20:50 +000098 if (!attr)
99 return;
Fariborz Jahanian88f1ba02009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000100 int sentinelPos = attr->getSentinel();
101 int nullPos = attr->getNullPos();
Fariborz Jahanian236673e2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000102
Mike Stump390b4cc2009-05-16 07:39:55 +0000103 // FIXME. ObjCMethodDecl and FunctionDecl need be derived from the same common
104 // base class. Then we won't be needing two versions of the same code.
Fariborz Jahanian88f1ba02009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000105 unsigned int i = 0;
Fariborz Jahanian236673e2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000106 bool warnNotEnoughArgs = false;
107 int isMethod = 0;
108 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) {
109 // skip over named parameters.
110 ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator P, E = MD->param_end();
111 for (P = MD->param_begin(); (P != E && i < NumArgs); ++P) {
112 if (nullPos)
113 --nullPos;
114 else
115 ++i;
116 }
117 warnNotEnoughArgs = (P != E || i >= NumArgs);
118 isMethod = 1;
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000119 } else if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Fariborz Jahanian236673e2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000120 // skip over named parameters.
121 ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator P, E = FD->param_end();
122 for (P = FD->param_begin(); (P != E && i < NumArgs); ++P) {
123 if (nullPos)
124 --nullPos;
125 else
126 ++i;
127 }
128 warnNotEnoughArgs = (P != E || i >= NumArgs);
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000129 } else if (VarDecl *V = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
Fariborz Jahaniandaf04152009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000130 // block or function pointer call.
131 QualType Ty = V->getType();
132 if (Ty->isBlockPointerType() || Ty->isFunctionPointerType()) {
133 const FunctionType *FT = Ty->isFunctionPointerType()
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000134 ? Ty->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->getAsFunctionType()
135 : Ty->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType()->getAsFunctionType();
Fariborz Jahaniandaf04152009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000136 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FT)) {
137 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
138 unsigned k;
139 for (k = 0; (k != NumArgsInProto && i < NumArgs); k++) {
140 if (nullPos)
141 --nullPos;
142 else
143 ++i;
144 }
145 warnNotEnoughArgs = (k != NumArgsInProto || i >= NumArgs);
146 }
147 if (Ty->isBlockPointerType())
148 isMethod = 2;
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000149 } else
Fariborz Jahaniandaf04152009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000150 return;
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000151 } else
Fariborz Jahanian236673e2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000152 return;
153
154 if (warnNotEnoughArgs) {
Fariborz Jahanian88f1ba02009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000155 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_enough_argument) << D->getDeclName();
Fariborz Jahanian236673e2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000156 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian88f1ba02009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000157 return;
158 }
159 int sentinel = i;
160 while (sentinelPos > 0 && i < NumArgs-1) {
161 --sentinelPos;
162 ++i;
163 }
164 if (sentinelPos > 0) {
165 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_enough_argument) << D->getDeclName();
Fariborz Jahanian236673e2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000166 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian88f1ba02009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000167 return;
168 }
169 while (i < NumArgs-1) {
170 ++i;
171 ++sentinel;
172 }
173 Expr *sentinelExpr = Args[sentinel];
174 if (sentinelExpr && (!sentinelExpr->getType()->isPointerType() ||
175 !sentinelExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context))) {
Fariborz Jahaniandaf04152009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000176 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_missing_sentinel) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian236673e2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000177 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian88f1ba02009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000178 }
179 return;
Fariborz Jahanian5b530052009-05-13 18:09:35 +0000180}
181
Douglas Gregor4b2d3f72009-02-26 21:00:50 +0000182SourceRange Sema::getExprRange(ExprTy *E) const {
183 Expr *Ex = (Expr *)E;
184 return Ex? Ex->getSourceRange() : SourceRange();
185}
186
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000187//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
188// Standard Promotions and Conversions
189//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
190
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000191/// DefaultFunctionArrayConversion (C99 6.3.2.1p3, C99 6.3.2.1p4).
192void Sema::DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr *&E) {
193 QualType Ty = E->getType();
194 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultFunctionArrayConversion - missing type");
195
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000196 if (Ty->isFunctionType())
197 ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getPointerType(Ty));
Chris Lattner67d33d82008-07-25 21:33:13 +0000198 else if (Ty->isArrayType()) {
199 // In C90 mode, arrays only promote to pointers if the array expression is
200 // an lvalue. The relevant legalese is C90 6.2.2.1p3: "an lvalue that has
201 // type 'array of type' is converted to an expression that has type 'pointer
202 // to type'...". In C99 this was changed to: C99 6.3.2.1p3: "an expression
203 // that has type 'array of type' ...". The relevant change is "an lvalue"
204 // (C90) to "an expression" (C99).
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc39a3d72008-09-11 04:25:59 +0000205 //
206 // C++ 4.2p1:
207 // An lvalue or rvalue of type "array of N T" or "array of unknown bound of
208 // T" can be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer to T".
209 //
210 if (getLangOptions().C99 || getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ||
211 E->isLvalue(Context) == Expr::LV_Valid)
Anders Carlsson112a0a82009-08-07 23:48:20 +0000212 ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getArrayDecayedType(Ty),
213 CastExpr::CK_ArrayToPointerDecay);
Chris Lattner67d33d82008-07-25 21:33:13 +0000214 }
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000215}
216
Douglas Gregorfc24e442009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000217/// \brief Whether this is a promotable bitfield reference according
218/// to C99 6.3.1.1p2, bullet 2.
219///
220/// \returns the type this bit-field will promote to, or NULL if no
221/// promotion occurs.
222static QualType isPromotableBitField(Expr *E, ASTContext &Context) {
Douglas Gregor33bbbc52009-05-02 02:18:30 +0000223 FieldDecl *Field = E->getBitField();
224 if (!Field)
Douglas Gregorfc24e442009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000225 return QualType();
226
227 const BuiltinType *BT = Field->getType()->getAsBuiltinType();
228 if (!BT)
229 return QualType();
230
231 if (BT->getKind() != BuiltinType::Bool &&
232 BT->getKind() != BuiltinType::Int &&
233 BT->getKind() != BuiltinType::UInt)
234 return QualType();
235
236 llvm::APSInt BitWidthAP;
237 if (!Field->getBitWidth()->isIntegerConstantExpr(BitWidthAP, Context))
238 return QualType();
239
240 uint64_t BitWidth = BitWidthAP.getZExtValue();
241 uint64_t IntSize = Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy);
242 if (BitWidth < IntSize ||
243 (Field->getType()->isSignedIntegerType() && BitWidth == IntSize))
244 return Context.IntTy;
245
246 if (BitWidth == IntSize && Field->getType()->isUnsignedIntegerType())
247 return Context.UnsignedIntTy;
248
249 return QualType();
250}
251
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000252/// UsualUnaryConversions - Performs various conversions that are common to most
253/// operators (C99 6.3). The conversions of array and function types are
254/// sometimes surpressed. For example, the array->pointer conversion doesn't
255/// apply if the array is an argument to the sizeof or address (&) operators.
256/// In these instances, this routine should *not* be called.
257Expr *Sema::UsualUnaryConversions(Expr *&Expr) {
258 QualType Ty = Expr->getType();
259 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "UsualUnaryConversions - missing type");
260
Douglas Gregorfc24e442009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000261 // C99 6.3.1.1p2:
262 //
263 // The following may be used in an expression wherever an int or
264 // unsigned int may be used:
265 // - an object or expression with an integer type whose integer
266 // conversion rank is less than or equal to the rank of int
267 // and unsigned int.
268 // - A bit-field of type _Bool, int, signed int, or unsigned int.
269 //
270 // If an int can represent all values of the original type, the
271 // value is converted to an int; otherwise, it is converted to an
272 // unsigned int. These are called the integer promotions. All
273 // other types are unchanged by the integer promotions.
274 if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000275 ImpCastExprToType(Expr, Context.IntTy);
Douglas Gregorfc24e442009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000276 return Expr;
277 } else {
278 QualType T = isPromotableBitField(Expr, Context);
279 if (!T.isNull()) {
280 ImpCastExprToType(Expr, T);
281 return Expr;
282 }
283 }
284
285 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr);
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000286 return Expr;
287}
288
Chris Lattner05faf172008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000289/// DefaultArgumentPromotion (C99 6.5.2.2p6). Used for function calls that
290/// do not have a prototype. Arguments that have type float are promoted to
291/// double. All other argument types are converted by UsualUnaryConversions().
292void Sema::DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr *&Expr) {
293 QualType Ty = Expr->getType();
294 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultArgumentPromotion - missing type");
295
296 // If this is a 'float' (CVR qualified or typedef) promote to double.
297 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAsBuiltinType())
298 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float)
299 return ImpCastExprToType(Expr, Context.DoubleTy);
300
301 UsualUnaryConversions(Expr);
302}
303
Chris Lattner312531a2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000304/// DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion - Like DefaultArgumentPromotion, but
305/// will warn if the resulting type is not a POD type, and rejects ObjC
306/// interfaces passed by value. This returns true if the argument type is
307/// completely illegal.
308bool Sema::DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Expr *&Expr, VariadicCallType CT) {
Anders Carlssondce5e2c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000309 DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr);
310
Chris Lattner312531a2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000311 if (Expr->getType()->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
312 Diag(Expr->getLocStart(),
313 diag::err_cannot_pass_objc_interface_to_vararg)
314 << Expr->getType() << CT;
315 return true;
Anders Carlssondce5e2c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000316 }
Chris Lattner312531a2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000317
318 if (!Expr->getType()->isPODType())
319 Diag(Expr->getLocStart(), diag::warn_cannot_pass_non_pod_arg_to_vararg)
320 << Expr->getType() << CT;
321
322 return false;
Anders Carlssondce5e2c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000323}
324
325
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000326/// UsualArithmeticConversions - Performs various conversions that are common to
327/// binary operators (C99 6.3.1.8). If both operands aren't arithmetic, this
328/// routine returns the first non-arithmetic type found. The client is
329/// responsible for emitting appropriate error diagnostics.
330/// FIXME: verify the conversion rules for "complex int" are consistent with
331/// GCC.
332QualType Sema::UsualArithmeticConversions(Expr *&lhsExpr, Expr *&rhsExpr,
333 bool isCompAssign) {
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000334 if (!isCompAssign)
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000335 UsualUnaryConversions(lhsExpr);
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000336
337 UsualUnaryConversions(rhsExpr);
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000338
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000339 // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers.
340 // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent.
Chris Lattnerb77792e2008-07-26 22:17:49 +0000341 QualType lhs =
342 Context.getCanonicalType(lhsExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
343 QualType rhs =
344 Context.getCanonicalType(rhsExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000345
346 // If both types are identical, no conversion is needed.
347 if (lhs == rhs)
348 return lhs;
349
350 // If either side is a non-arithmetic type (e.g. a pointer), we are done.
351 // The caller can deal with this (e.g. pointer + int).
352 if (!lhs->isArithmeticType() || !rhs->isArithmeticType())
353 return lhs;
354
Douglas Gregor2d833e32009-05-02 00:36:19 +0000355 // Perform bitfield promotions.
356 QualType LHSBitfieldPromoteTy = isPromotableBitField(lhsExpr, Context);
357 if (!LHSBitfieldPromoteTy.isNull())
358 lhs = LHSBitfieldPromoteTy;
359 QualType RHSBitfieldPromoteTy = isPromotableBitField(rhsExpr, Context);
360 if (!RHSBitfieldPromoteTy.isNull())
361 rhs = RHSBitfieldPromoteTy;
362
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000363 QualType destType = UsualArithmeticConversionsType(lhs, rhs);
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000364 if (!isCompAssign)
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000365 ImpCastExprToType(lhsExpr, destType);
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000366 ImpCastExprToType(rhsExpr, destType);
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000367 return destType;
368}
369
370QualType Sema::UsualArithmeticConversionsType(QualType lhs, QualType rhs) {
371 // Perform the usual unary conversions. We do this early so that
372 // integral promotions to "int" can allow us to exit early, in the
373 // lhs == rhs check. Also, for conversion purposes, we ignore any
374 // qualifiers. For example, "const float" and "float" are
375 // equivalent.
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +0000376 if (lhs->isPromotableIntegerType())
377 lhs = Context.IntTy;
378 else
379 lhs = lhs.getUnqualifiedType();
380 if (rhs->isPromotableIntegerType())
381 rhs = Context.IntTy;
382 else
383 rhs = rhs.getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000384
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000385 // If both types are identical, no conversion is needed.
386 if (lhs == rhs)
387 return lhs;
388
389 // If either side is a non-arithmetic type (e.g. a pointer), we are done.
390 // The caller can deal with this (e.g. pointer + int).
391 if (!lhs->isArithmeticType() || !rhs->isArithmeticType())
392 return lhs;
393
394 // At this point, we have two different arithmetic types.
395
396 // Handle complex types first (C99 6.3.1.8p1).
397 if (lhs->isComplexType() || rhs->isComplexType()) {
398 // if we have an integer operand, the result is the complex type.
399 if (rhs->isIntegerType() || rhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
400 // convert the rhs to the lhs complex type.
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000401 return lhs;
402 }
403 if (lhs->isIntegerType() || lhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
404 // convert the lhs to the rhs complex type.
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000405 return rhs;
406 }
407 // This handles complex/complex, complex/float, or float/complex.
408 // When both operands are complex, the shorter operand is converted to the
409 // type of the longer, and that is the type of the result. This corresponds
410 // to what is done when combining two real floating-point operands.
411 // The fun begins when size promotion occur across type domains.
412 // From H&S 6.3.4: When one operand is complex and the other is a real
413 // floating-point type, the less precise type is converted, within it's
414 // real or complex domain, to the precision of the other type. For example,
415 // when combining a "long double" with a "double _Complex", the
416 // "double _Complex" is promoted to "long double _Complex".
417 int result = Context.getFloatingTypeOrder(lhs, rhs);
418
419 if (result > 0) { // The left side is bigger, convert rhs.
420 rhs = Context.getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain(lhs, rhs);
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000421 } else if (result < 0) { // The right side is bigger, convert lhs.
422 lhs = Context.getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain(rhs, lhs);
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000423 }
424 // At this point, lhs and rhs have the same rank/size. Now, make sure the
425 // domains match. This is a requirement for our implementation, C99
426 // does not require this promotion.
427 if (lhs != rhs) { // Domains don't match, we have complex/float mix.
428 if (lhs->isRealFloatingType()) { // handle "double, _Complex double".
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000429 return rhs;
430 } else { // handle "_Complex double, double".
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000431 return lhs;
432 }
433 }
434 return lhs; // The domain/size match exactly.
435 }
436 // Now handle "real" floating types (i.e. float, double, long double).
437 if (lhs->isRealFloatingType() || rhs->isRealFloatingType()) {
438 // if we have an integer operand, the result is the real floating type.
Anders Carlsson5b1f3f02008-12-10 23:30:05 +0000439 if (rhs->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000440 // convert rhs to the lhs floating point type.
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000441 return lhs;
442 }
Anders Carlsson5b1f3f02008-12-10 23:30:05 +0000443 if (rhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
444 // convert rhs to the complex floating point type.
445 return Context.getComplexType(lhs);
446 }
447 if (lhs->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000448 // convert lhs to the rhs floating point type.
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000449 return rhs;
450 }
Anders Carlsson5b1f3f02008-12-10 23:30:05 +0000451 if (lhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
452 // convert lhs to the complex floating point type.
453 return Context.getComplexType(rhs);
454 }
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000455 // We have two real floating types, float/complex combos were handled above.
456 // Convert the smaller operand to the bigger result.
457 int result = Context.getFloatingTypeOrder(lhs, rhs);
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +0000458 if (result > 0) // convert the rhs
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000459 return lhs;
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +0000460 assert(result < 0 && "illegal float comparison");
461 return rhs; // convert the lhs
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000462 }
463 if (lhs->isComplexIntegerType() || rhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
464 // Handle GCC complex int extension.
465 const ComplexType *lhsComplexInt = lhs->getAsComplexIntegerType();
466 const ComplexType *rhsComplexInt = rhs->getAsComplexIntegerType();
467
468 if (lhsComplexInt && rhsComplexInt) {
469 if (Context.getIntegerTypeOrder(lhsComplexInt->getElementType(),
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +0000470 rhsComplexInt->getElementType()) >= 0)
471 return lhs; // convert the rhs
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000472 return rhs;
473 } else if (lhsComplexInt && rhs->isIntegerType()) {
474 // convert the rhs to the lhs complex type.
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000475 return lhs;
476 } else if (rhsComplexInt && lhs->isIntegerType()) {
477 // convert the lhs to the rhs complex type.
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000478 return rhs;
479 }
480 }
481 // Finally, we have two differing integer types.
482 // The rules for this case are in C99 6.3.1.8
483 int compare = Context.getIntegerTypeOrder(lhs, rhs);
484 bool lhsSigned = lhs->isSignedIntegerType(),
485 rhsSigned = rhs->isSignedIntegerType();
486 QualType destType;
487 if (lhsSigned == rhsSigned) {
488 // Same signedness; use the higher-ranked type
489 destType = compare >= 0 ? lhs : rhs;
490 } else if (compare != (lhsSigned ? 1 : -1)) {
491 // The unsigned type has greater than or equal rank to the
492 // signed type, so use the unsigned type
493 destType = lhsSigned ? rhs : lhs;
494 } else if (Context.getIntWidth(lhs) != Context.getIntWidth(rhs)) {
495 // The two types are different widths; if we are here, that
496 // means the signed type is larger than the unsigned type, so
497 // use the signed type.
498 destType = lhsSigned ? lhs : rhs;
499 } else {
500 // The signed type is higher-ranked than the unsigned type,
501 // but isn't actually any bigger (like unsigned int and long
502 // on most 32-bit systems). Use the unsigned type corresponding
503 // to the signed type.
504 destType = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(lhsSigned ? lhs : rhs);
505 }
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000506 return destType;
507}
508
509//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
510// Semantic Analysis for various Expression Types
511//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
512
513
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +0000514/// ActOnStringLiteral - The specified tokens were lexed as pasted string
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000515/// fragments (e.g. "foo" "bar" L"baz"). The result string has to handle string
516/// concatenation ([C99 5.1.1.2, translation phase #6]), so it may come from
517/// multiple tokens. However, the common case is that StringToks points to one
518/// string.
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000519///
520Action::OwningExprResult
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +0000521Sema::ActOnStringLiteral(const Token *StringToks, unsigned NumStringToks) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000522 assert(NumStringToks && "Must have at least one string!");
523
Chris Lattnerbbee00b2009-01-16 18:51:42 +0000524 StringLiteralParser Literal(StringToks, NumStringToks, PP);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000525 if (Literal.hadError)
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000526 return ExprError();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000527
528 llvm::SmallVector<SourceLocation, 4> StringTokLocs;
529 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumStringToks; ++i)
530 StringTokLocs.push_back(StringToks[i].getLocation());
Chris Lattnera7ad98f2008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000531
Chris Lattnera7ad98f2008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000532 QualType StrTy = Context.CharTy;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis55f4b022008-08-09 17:20:01 +0000533 if (Literal.AnyWide) StrTy = Context.getWCharType();
Chris Lattnera7ad98f2008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000534 if (Literal.Pascal) StrTy = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
Douglas Gregor77a52232008-09-12 00:47:35 +0000535
536 // A C++ string literal has a const-qualified element type (C++ 2.13.4p1).
537 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
538 StrTy.addConst();
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000539
Chris Lattnera7ad98f2008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000540 // Get an array type for the string, according to C99 6.4.5. This includes
541 // the nul terminator character as well as the string length for pascal
542 // strings.
543 StrTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(StrTy,
Chris Lattnerdbb1ecc2009-02-26 23:01:51 +0000544 llvm::APInt(32, Literal.GetNumStringChars()+1),
Chris Lattnera7ad98f2008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000545 ArrayType::Normal, 0);
Chris Lattner726e1682009-02-18 05:49:11 +0000546
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000547 // Pass &StringTokLocs[0], StringTokLocs.size() to factory!
Chris Lattner2085fd62009-02-18 06:40:38 +0000548 return Owned(StringLiteral::Create(Context, Literal.GetString(),
549 Literal.GetStringLength(),
550 Literal.AnyWide, StrTy,
551 &StringTokLocs[0],
552 StringTokLocs.size()));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000553}
554
Chris Lattner639e2d32008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000555/// ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference - Return true if a reference inside of
556/// CurBlock to VD should cause it to be snapshotted (as we do for auto
557/// variables defined outside the block) or false if this is not needed (e.g.
558/// for values inside the block or for globals).
559///
Chris Lattner17f3a6d2009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000560/// This also keeps the 'hasBlockDeclRefExprs' in the BlockSemaInfo records
561/// up-to-date.
562///
Chris Lattner639e2d32008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000563static bool ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference(BlockSemaInfo *CurBlock,
564 ValueDecl *VD) {
565 // If the value is defined inside the block, we couldn't snapshot it even if
566 // we wanted to.
567 if (CurBlock->TheDecl == VD->getDeclContext())
568 return false;
569
570 // If this is an enum constant or function, it is constant, don't snapshot.
571 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(VD) || isa<FunctionDecl>(VD))
572 return false;
573
574 // If this is a reference to an extern, static, or global variable, no need to
575 // snapshot it.
576 // FIXME: What about 'const' variables in C++?
577 if (const VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(VD))
Chris Lattner17f3a6d2009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000578 if (!Var->hasLocalStorage())
579 return false;
580
581 // Blocks that have these can't be constant.
582 CurBlock->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = true;
583
584 // If we have nested blocks, the decl may be declared in an outer block (in
585 // which case that outer block doesn't get "hasBlockDeclRefExprs") or it may
586 // be defined outside all of the current blocks (in which case the blocks do
587 // all get the bit). Walk the nesting chain.
588 for (BlockSemaInfo *NextBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo; NextBlock;
589 NextBlock = NextBlock->PrevBlockInfo) {
590 // If we found the defining block for the variable, don't mark the block as
591 // having a reference outside it.
592 if (NextBlock->TheDecl == VD->getDeclContext())
593 break;
594
595 // Otherwise, the DeclRef from the inner block causes the outer one to need
596 // a snapshot as well.
597 NextBlock->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = true;
598 }
Chris Lattner639e2d32008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000599
600 return true;
601}
602
603
604
Steve Naroff08d92e42007-09-15 18:49:24 +0000605/// ActOnIdentifierExpr - The parser read an identifier in expression context,
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000606/// validate it per-C99 6.5.1. HasTrailingLParen indicates whether this
Steve Naroff0d755ad2008-03-19 23:46:26 +0000607/// identifier is used in a function call context.
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000608/// SS is only used for a C++ qualified-id (foo::bar) to indicate the
Argyrios Kyrtzidisef6e6472008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000609/// class or namespace that the identifier must be a member of.
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000610Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnIdentifierExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc,
611 IdentifierInfo &II,
612 bool HasTrailingLParen,
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000613 const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
614 bool isAddressOfOperand) {
615 return ActOnDeclarationNameExpr(S, Loc, &II, HasTrailingLParen, SS,
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +0000616 isAddressOfOperand);
Douglas Gregor10c42622008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000617}
618
Douglas Gregor1a49af92009-01-06 05:10:23 +0000619/// BuildDeclRefExpr - Build either a DeclRefExpr or a
620/// QualifiedDeclRefExpr based on whether or not SS is a
621/// nested-name-specifier.
Anders Carlssone41590d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000622Sema::OwningExprResult
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000623Sema::BuildDeclRefExpr(NamedDecl *D, QualType Ty, SourceLocation Loc,
624 bool TypeDependent, bool ValueDependent,
625 const CXXScopeSpec *SS) {
Anders Carlssone2bb2242009-06-26 19:16:07 +0000626 if (Context.getCanonicalType(Ty) == Context.UndeducedAutoTy) {
627 Diag(Loc,
628 diag::err_auto_variable_cannot_appear_in_own_initializer)
629 << D->getDeclName();
630 return ExprError();
631 }
Anders Carlssone41590d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000632
633 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
634 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
635 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = MD->getParent()->isLocalClass()) {
636 if (VD->hasLocalStorage() && VD->getDeclContext() != CurContext) {
637 Diag(Loc, diag::err_reference_to_local_var_in_enclosing_function)
638 << D->getIdentifier() << FD->getDeclName();
639 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_local_variable_declared_here)
640 << D->getIdentifier();
641 return ExprError();
642 }
643 }
644 }
645 }
646
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000647 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, D);
Anders Carlssone41590d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000648
649 Expr *E;
Douglas Gregorbad35182009-03-19 03:51:16 +0000650 if (SS && !SS->isEmpty()) {
Anders Carlssone41590d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000651 E = new (Context) QualifiedDeclRefExpr(D, Ty, Loc, TypeDependent,
652 ValueDependent, SS->getRange(),
Douglas Gregor35073692009-03-26 23:56:24 +0000653 static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier *>(SS->getScopeRep()));
Douglas Gregorbad35182009-03-19 03:51:16 +0000654 } else
Anders Carlssone41590d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000655 E = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(D, Ty, Loc, TypeDependent, ValueDependent);
656
657 return Owned(E);
Douglas Gregor1a49af92009-01-06 05:10:23 +0000658}
659
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000660/// getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl - Retrieve the (unnamed) field or
661/// variable corresponding to the anonymous union or struct whose type
662/// is Record.
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000663static Decl *getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl(ASTContext &Context,
664 RecordDecl *Record) {
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000665 assert(Record->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() &&
666 "Record must be an anonymous struct or union!");
667
Mike Stump390b4cc2009-05-16 07:39:55 +0000668 // FIXME: Once Decls are directly linked together, this will be an O(1)
669 // operation rather than a slow walk through DeclContext's vector (which
670 // itself will be eliminated). DeclGroups might make this even better.
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000671 DeclContext *Ctx = Record->getDeclContext();
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +0000672 for (DeclContext::decl_iterator D = Ctx->decls_begin(),
673 DEnd = Ctx->decls_end();
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000674 D != DEnd; ++D) {
675 if (*D == Record) {
676 // The object for the anonymous struct/union directly
677 // follows its type in the list of declarations.
678 ++D;
679 assert(D != DEnd && "Missing object for anonymous record");
Douglas Gregor4afa39d2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000680 assert(!cast<NamedDecl>(*D)->getDeclName() && "Decl should be unnamed");
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000681 return *D;
682 }
683 }
684
685 assert(false && "Missing object for anonymous record");
686 return 0;
687}
688
Douglas Gregorffb4b6e2009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000689/// \brief Given a field that represents a member of an anonymous
690/// struct/union, build the path from that field's context to the
691/// actual member.
692///
693/// Construct the sequence of field member references we'll have to
694/// perform to get to the field in the anonymous union/struct. The
695/// list of members is built from the field outward, so traverse it
696/// backwards to go from an object in the current context to the field
697/// we found.
698///
699/// \returns The variable from which the field access should begin,
700/// for an anonymous struct/union that is not a member of another
701/// class. Otherwise, returns NULL.
702VarDecl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberPath(FieldDecl *Field,
703 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<FieldDecl *> &Path) {
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000704 assert(Field->getDeclContext()->isRecord() &&
705 cast<RecordDecl>(Field->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()
706 && "Field must be stored inside an anonymous struct or union");
707
Douglas Gregorffb4b6e2009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000708 Path.push_back(Field);
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000709 VarDecl *BaseObject = 0;
710 DeclContext *Ctx = Field->getDeclContext();
711 do {
712 RecordDecl *Record = cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx);
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000713 Decl *AnonObject = getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl(Context, Record);
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000714 if (FieldDecl *AnonField = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(AnonObject))
Douglas Gregorffb4b6e2009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000715 Path.push_back(AnonField);
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000716 else {
717 BaseObject = cast<VarDecl>(AnonObject);
718 break;
719 }
720 Ctx = Ctx->getParent();
721 } while (Ctx->isRecord() &&
722 cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)->isAnonymousStructOrUnion());
Douglas Gregorffb4b6e2009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000723
724 return BaseObject;
725}
726
727Sema::OwningExprResult
728Sema::BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(SourceLocation Loc,
729 FieldDecl *Field,
730 Expr *BaseObjectExpr,
731 SourceLocation OpLoc) {
732 llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl *, 4> AnonFields;
733 VarDecl *BaseObject = BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberPath(Field,
734 AnonFields);
735
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000736 // Build the expression that refers to the base object, from
737 // which we will build a sequence of member references to each
738 // of the anonymous union objects and, eventually, the field we
739 // found via name lookup.
740 bool BaseObjectIsPointer = false;
741 unsigned ExtraQuals = 0;
742 if (BaseObject) {
743 // BaseObject is an anonymous struct/union variable (and is,
744 // therefore, not part of another non-anonymous record).
Ted Kremenek8189cde2009-02-07 01:47:29 +0000745 if (BaseObjectExpr) BaseObjectExpr->Destroy(Context);
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000746 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, BaseObject);
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000747 BaseObjectExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(BaseObject,BaseObject->getType(),
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000748 SourceLocation());
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000749 ExtraQuals
750 = Context.getCanonicalType(BaseObject->getType()).getCVRQualifiers();
751 } else if (BaseObjectExpr) {
752 // The caller provided the base object expression. Determine
753 // whether its a pointer and whether it adds any qualifiers to the
754 // anonymous struct/union fields we're looking into.
755 QualType ObjectType = BaseObjectExpr->getType();
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000756 if (const PointerType *ObjectPtr = ObjectType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000757 BaseObjectIsPointer = true;
758 ObjectType = ObjectPtr->getPointeeType();
759 }
760 ExtraQuals = Context.getCanonicalType(ObjectType).getCVRQualifiers();
761 } else {
762 // We've found a member of an anonymous struct/union that is
763 // inside a non-anonymous struct/union, so in a well-formed
764 // program our base object expression is "this".
765 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
766 if (!MD->isStatic()) {
767 QualType AnonFieldType
768 = Context.getTagDeclType(
769 cast<RecordDecl>(AnonFields.back()->getDeclContext()));
770 QualType ThisType = Context.getTagDeclType(MD->getParent());
771 if ((Context.getCanonicalType(AnonFieldType)
772 == Context.getCanonicalType(ThisType)) ||
773 IsDerivedFrom(ThisType, AnonFieldType)) {
774 // Our base object expression is "this".
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000775 BaseObjectExpr = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(SourceLocation(),
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000776 MD->getThisType(Context));
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000777 BaseObjectIsPointer = true;
778 }
779 } else {
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000780 return ExprError(Diag(Loc,diag::err_invalid_member_use_in_static_method)
781 << Field->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000782 }
783 ExtraQuals = MD->getTypeQualifiers();
784 }
785
786 if (!BaseObjectExpr)
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000787 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_non_static_member_use)
788 << Field->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000789 }
790
791 // Build the implicit member references to the field of the
792 // anonymous struct/union.
793 Expr *Result = BaseObjectExpr;
Mon P Wangc6a38a42009-07-22 03:08:17 +0000794 unsigned BaseAddrSpace = BaseObjectExpr->getType().getAddressSpace();
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000795 for (llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl *, 4>::reverse_iterator
796 FI = AnonFields.rbegin(), FIEnd = AnonFields.rend();
797 FI != FIEnd; ++FI) {
798 QualType MemberType = (*FI)->getType();
799 if (!(*FI)->isMutable()) {
800 unsigned combinedQualifiers
801 = MemberType.getCVRQualifiers() | ExtraQuals;
802 MemberType = MemberType.getQualifiedType(combinedQualifiers);
803 }
Mon P Wangc6a38a42009-07-22 03:08:17 +0000804 if (BaseAddrSpace != MemberType.getAddressSpace())
805 MemberType = Context.getAddrSpaceQualType(MemberType, BaseAddrSpace);
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000806 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, *FI);
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000807 Result = new (Context) MemberExpr(Result, BaseObjectIsPointer, *FI,
808 OpLoc, MemberType);
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000809 BaseObjectIsPointer = false;
810 ExtraQuals = Context.getCanonicalType(MemberType).getCVRQualifiers();
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000811 }
812
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000813 return Owned(Result);
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000814}
815
Douglas Gregor10c42622008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000816/// ActOnDeclarationNameExpr - The parser has read some kind of name
817/// (e.g., a C++ id-expression (C++ [expr.prim]p1)). This routine
818/// performs lookup on that name and returns an expression that refers
819/// to that name. This routine isn't directly called from the parser,
820/// because the parser doesn't know about DeclarationName. Rather,
821/// this routine is called by ActOnIdentifierExpr,
822/// ActOnOperatorFunctionIdExpr, and ActOnConversionFunctionExpr,
823/// which form the DeclarationName from the corresponding syntactic
824/// forms.
825///
826/// HasTrailingLParen indicates whether this identifier is used in a
827/// function call context. LookupCtx is only used for a C++
828/// qualified-id (foo::bar) to indicate the class or namespace that
829/// the identifier must be a member of.
Douglas Gregor5c37de72008-12-06 00:22:45 +0000830///
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000831/// isAddressOfOperand means that this expression is the direct operand
832/// of an address-of operator. This matters because this is the only
833/// situation where a qualified name referencing a non-static member may
834/// appear outside a member function of this class.
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000835Sema::OwningExprResult
836Sema::ActOnDeclarationNameExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc,
837 DeclarationName Name, bool HasTrailingLParen,
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +0000838 const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000839 bool isAddressOfOperand) {
Chris Lattner8a934232008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000840 // Could be enum-constant, value decl, instance variable, etc.
Douglas Gregor4c921ae2009-01-30 01:04:22 +0000841 if (SS && SS->isInvalid())
842 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor5953d8b2009-03-19 17:26:29 +0000843
844 // C++ [temp.dep.expr]p3:
845 // An id-expression is type-dependent if it contains:
846 // -- a nested-name-specifier that contains a class-name that
847 // names a dependent type.
Douglas Gregor00c44862009-05-29 14:49:33 +0000848 // FIXME: Member of the current instantiation.
Douglas Gregor5953d8b2009-03-19 17:26:29 +0000849 if (SS && isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) {
Douglas Gregorab452ba2009-03-26 23:50:42 +0000850 return Owned(new (Context) UnresolvedDeclRefExpr(Name, Context.DependentTy,
851 Loc, SS->getRange(),
Anders Carlsson9b31df42009-07-09 00:05:08 +0000852 static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier *>(SS->getScopeRep()),
853 isAddressOfOperand));
Douglas Gregor5953d8b2009-03-19 17:26:29 +0000854 }
855
Douglas Gregor3e41d602009-02-13 23:20:09 +0000856 LookupResult Lookup = LookupParsedName(S, SS, Name, LookupOrdinaryName,
857 false, true, Loc);
Douglas Gregor7176fff2009-01-15 00:26:24 +0000858
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000859 if (Lookup.isAmbiguous()) {
860 DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(Lookup, Name, Loc,
861 SS && SS->isSet() ? SS->getRange()
862 : SourceRange());
863 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner5cb10d32009-04-24 22:30:50 +0000864 }
865
866 NamedDecl *D = Lookup.getAsDecl();
Douglas Gregor5c37de72008-12-06 00:22:45 +0000867
Chris Lattner8a934232008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000868 // If this reference is in an Objective-C method, then ivar lookup happens as
869 // well.
Douglas Gregor10c42622008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000870 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
871 if (II && getCurMethodDecl()) {
Chris Lattner8a934232008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000872 // There are two cases to handle here. 1) scoped lookup could have failed,
873 // in which case we should look for an ivar. 2) scoped lookup could have
Fariborz Jahanian077c1e72009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000874 // found a decl, but that decl is outside the current instance method (i.e.
875 // a global variable). In these two cases, we do a lookup for an ivar with
876 // this name, if the lookup sucedes, we replace it our current decl.
Douglas Gregor4afa39d2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000877 if (D == 0 || D->isDefinedOutsideFunctionOrMethod()) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis53d0ea52008-06-28 06:07:14 +0000878 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface();
Fariborz Jahanian935fd762009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000879 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +0000880 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFace->lookupInstanceVariable(II, ClassDeclared)) {
Chris Lattner553905d2009-02-16 17:19:12 +0000881 // Check if referencing a field with __attribute__((deprecated)).
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +0000882 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IV, Loc))
883 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner5cb10d32009-04-24 22:30:50 +0000884
885 // If we're referencing an invalid decl, just return this as a silent
886 // error node. The error diagnostic was already emitted on the decl.
887 if (IV->isInvalidDecl())
888 return ExprError();
889
Fariborz Jahanian077c1e72009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000890 bool IsClsMethod = getCurMethodDecl()->isClassMethod();
891 // If a class method attemps to use a free standing ivar, this is
892 // an error.
893 if (IsClsMethod && D && !D->isDefinedOutsideFunctionOrMethod())
894 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::error_ivar_use_in_class_method)
895 << IV->getDeclName());
896 // If a class method uses a global variable, even if an ivar with
897 // same name exists, use the global.
898 if (!IsClsMethod) {
Fariborz Jahanian935fd762009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000899 if (IV->getAccessControl() == ObjCIvarDecl::Private &&
900 ClassDeclared != IFace)
901 Diag(Loc, diag::error_private_ivar_access) << IV->getDeclName();
Mike Stump390b4cc2009-05-16 07:39:55 +0000902 // FIXME: This should use a new expr for a direct reference, don't
903 // turn this into Self->ivar, just return a BareIVarExpr or something.
Fariborz Jahanian077c1e72009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000904 IdentifierInfo &II = Context.Idents.get("self");
Argyrios Kyrtzidisecd1bae2009-07-18 08:49:37 +0000905 OwningExprResult SelfExpr = ActOnIdentifierExpr(S, SourceLocation(),
906 II, false);
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000907 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, IV);
Daniel Dunbar525c9b72009-04-21 01:19:28 +0000908 return Owned(new (Context)
909 ObjCIvarRefExpr(IV, IV->getType(), Loc,
Anders Carlssone9146f22009-05-01 19:49:17 +0000910 SelfExpr.takeAs<Expr>(), true, true));
Fariborz Jahanian077c1e72009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000911 }
Chris Lattner8a934232008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000912 }
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000913 } else if (getCurMethodDecl()->isInstanceMethod()) {
Fariborz Jahanian077c1e72009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000914 // We should warn if a local variable hides an ivar.
915 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface();
Fariborz Jahanian935fd762009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000916 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +0000917 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFace->lookupInstanceVariable(II, ClassDeclared)) {
Fariborz Jahanian935fd762009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000918 if (IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Private ||
919 IFace == ClassDeclared)
Chris Lattner5cb10d32009-04-24 22:30:50 +0000920 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivar_use_hidden) << IV->getDeclName();
Fariborz Jahanian935fd762009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000921 }
Fariborz Jahanian077c1e72009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000922 }
Steve Naroff76de9d72008-08-10 19:10:41 +0000923 // Needed to implement property "super.method" notation.
Douglas Gregor4afa39d2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000924 if (D == 0 && II->isStr("super")) {
Steve Naroffdd53eb52009-03-05 20:12:00 +0000925 QualType T;
926
927 if (getCurMethodDecl()->isInstanceMethod())
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +0000928 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(Context.getObjCInterfaceType(
929 getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface()));
Steve Naroffdd53eb52009-03-05 20:12:00 +0000930 else
931 T = Context.getObjCClassType();
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000932 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCSuperExpr(Loc, T));
Steve Naroffe3e9add2008-06-02 23:03:37 +0000933 }
Chris Lattner8a934232008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000934 }
Douglas Gregorc71e28c2009-02-16 19:28:42 +0000935
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +0000936 // Determine whether this name might be a candidate for
937 // argument-dependent lookup.
938 bool ADL = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && (!SS || !SS->isSet()) &&
939 HasTrailingLParen;
940
941 if (ADL && D == 0) {
Douglas Gregorc71e28c2009-02-16 19:28:42 +0000942 // We've seen something of the form
943 //
944 // identifier(
945 //
946 // and we did not find any entity by the name
947 // "identifier". However, this identifier is still subject to
948 // argument-dependent lookup, so keep track of the name.
949 return Owned(new (Context) UnresolvedFunctionNameExpr(Name,
950 Context.OverloadTy,
951 Loc));
952 }
953
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000954 if (D == 0) {
955 // Otherwise, this could be an implicitly declared function reference (legal
956 // in C90, extension in C99).
Douglas Gregor10c42622008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000957 if (HasTrailingLParen && II &&
Chris Lattner8a934232008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000958 !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) // Not in C++.
Douglas Gregor10c42622008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000959 D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(Loc, *II, S);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000960 else {
961 // If this name wasn't predeclared and if this is not a function call,
962 // diagnose the problem.
Argyrios Kyrtzidisef6e6472008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000963 if (SS && !SS->isEmpty())
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000964 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_no_member)
965 << Name << SS->getRange());
Douglas Gregor10c42622008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000966 else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXOperatorName ||
967 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName)
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000968 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_undeclared_use)
969 << Name.getAsString());
Argyrios Kyrtzidisef6e6472008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000970 else
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000971 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_undeclared_var_use) << Name);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000972 }
973 }
Douglas Gregor751f9a42009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000974
975 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
976 // Warn about constructs like:
977 // if (void *X = foo()) { ... } else { X }.
978 // In the else block, the pointer is always false.
979
980 // FIXME: In a template instantiation, we don't have scope
981 // information to check this property.
982 if (Var->isDeclaredInCondition() && Var->getType()->isScalarType()) {
983 Scope *CheckS = S;
984 while (CheckS) {
985 if (CheckS->isWithinElse() &&
986 CheckS->getControlParent()->isDeclScope(DeclPtrTy::make(Var))) {
987 if (Var->getType()->isBooleanType())
988 ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::warn_value_always_false)
989 << Var->getDeclName());
990 else
991 ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::warn_value_always_zero)
992 << Var->getDeclName());
993 break;
994 }
995
996 // Move up one more control parent to check again.
997 CheckS = CheckS->getControlParent();
998 if (CheckS)
999 CheckS = CheckS->getParent();
1000 }
1001 }
1002 } else if (FunctionDecl *Func = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
1003 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !Func->hasPrototype()) {
1004 // C99 DR 316 says that, if a function type comes from a
1005 // function definition (without a prototype), that type is only
1006 // used for checking compatibility. Therefore, when referencing
1007 // the function, we pretend that we don't have the full function
1008 // type.
1009 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Func, Loc))
1010 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +00001011
Douglas Gregor751f9a42009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001012 QualType T = Func->getType();
1013 QualType NoProtoType = T;
1014 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = T->getAsFunctionProtoType())
1015 NoProtoType = Context.getFunctionNoProtoType(Proto->getResultType());
1016 return BuildDeclRefExpr(Func, NoProtoType, Loc, false, false, SS);
1017 }
1018 }
1019
1020 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(Loc, D, HasTrailingLParen, SS, isAddressOfOperand);
1021}
Fariborz Jahanian98a541e2009-07-29 18:40:24 +00001022/// \brief Cast member's object to its own class if necessary.
Fariborz Jahanianf3e53d32009-07-29 19:40:11 +00001023bool
Fariborz Jahanian98a541e2009-07-29 18:40:24 +00001024Sema::PerformObjectMemberConversion(Expr *&From, NamedDecl *Member) {
1025 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Member))
1026 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD =
1027 dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())) {
1028 QualType DestType =
1029 Context.getCanonicalType(Context.getTypeDeclType(RD));
Fariborz Jahanian96e2fa92009-07-29 20:41:46 +00001030 if (DestType->isDependentType() || From->getType()->isDependentType())
1031 return false;
1032 QualType FromRecordType = From->getType();
1033 QualType DestRecordType = DestType;
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001034 if (FromRecordType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Fariborz Jahanian96e2fa92009-07-29 20:41:46 +00001035 DestType = Context.getPointerType(DestType);
1036 FromRecordType = FromRecordType->getPointeeType();
Fariborz Jahanian98a541e2009-07-29 18:40:24 +00001037 }
Fariborz Jahanian96e2fa92009-07-29 20:41:46 +00001038 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromRecordType, DestRecordType) &&
1039 CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(FromRecordType,
1040 DestRecordType,
1041 From->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
1042 From->getSourceRange()))
1043 return true;
Anders Carlsson3503d042009-07-31 01:23:52 +00001044 ImpCastExprToType(From, DestType, CastExpr::CK_DerivedToBase,
1045 /*isLvalue=*/true);
Fariborz Jahanian98a541e2009-07-29 18:40:24 +00001046 }
Fariborz Jahanianf3e53d32009-07-29 19:40:11 +00001047 return false;
Fariborz Jahanian98a541e2009-07-29 18:40:24 +00001048}
Douglas Gregor751f9a42009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001049
1050/// \brief Complete semantic analysis for a reference to the given declaration.
1051Sema::OwningExprResult
1052Sema::BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *D,
1053 bool HasTrailingLParen,
1054 const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
1055 bool isAddressOfOperand) {
1056 assert(D && "Cannot refer to a NULL declaration");
1057 DeclarationName Name = D->getDeclName();
1058
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +00001059 // If this is an expression of the form &Class::member, don't build an
1060 // implicit member ref, because we want a pointer to the member in general,
1061 // not any specific instance's member.
1062 if (isAddressOfOperand && SS && !SS->isEmpty() && !HasTrailingLParen) {
Douglas Gregore4e5b052009-03-19 00:18:19 +00001063 DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS);
Douglas Gregor47b9a1c2009-02-04 17:27:36 +00001064 if (D && isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) {
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +00001065 QualType DType;
1066 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D)) {
1067 DType = FD->getType().getNonReferenceType();
1068 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
1069 DType = Method->getType();
1070 } else if (isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(D)) {
1071 DType = Context.OverloadTy;
1072 }
1073 // Could be an inner type. That's diagnosed below, so ignore it here.
1074 if (!DType.isNull()) {
1075 // The pointer is type- and value-dependent if it points into something
1076 // dependent.
Douglas Gregor00c44862009-05-29 14:49:33 +00001077 bool Dependent = DC->isDependentContext();
Anders Carlssone41590d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +00001078 return BuildDeclRefExpr(D, DType, Loc, Dependent, Dependent, SS);
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +00001079 }
1080 }
1081 }
1082
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +00001083 // We may have found a field within an anonymous union or struct
1084 // (C++ [class.union]).
1085 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D))
1086 if (cast<RecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
1087 return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(Loc, FD);
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001088
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001089 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
1090 if (!MD->isStatic()) {
1091 // C++ [class.mfct.nonstatic]p2:
1092 // [...] if name lookup (3.4.1) resolves the name in the
1093 // id-expression to a nonstatic nontype member of class X or of
1094 // a base class of X, the id-expression is transformed into a
1095 // class member access expression (5.2.5) using (*this) (9.3.2)
1096 // as the postfix-expression to the left of the '.' operator.
1097 DeclContext *Ctx = 0;
1098 QualType MemberType;
1099 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D)) {
1100 Ctx = FD->getDeclContext();
1101 MemberType = FD->getType();
1102
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001103 if (const ReferenceType *RefType = MemberType->getAs<ReferenceType>())
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001104 MemberType = RefType->getPointeeType();
1105 else if (!FD->isMutable()) {
1106 unsigned combinedQualifiers
1107 = MemberType.getCVRQualifiers() | MD->getTypeQualifiers();
1108 MemberType = MemberType.getQualifiedType(combinedQualifiers);
1109 }
1110 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
1111 if (!Method->isStatic()) {
1112 Ctx = Method->getParent();
1113 MemberType = Method->getType();
1114 }
1115 } else if (OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl
1116 = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(D)) {
1117 for (OverloadedFunctionDecl::function_iterator
1118 Func = Ovl->function_begin(),
1119 FuncEnd = Ovl->function_end();
1120 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) {
1121 if (CXXMethodDecl *DMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*Func))
1122 if (!DMethod->isStatic()) {
1123 Ctx = Ovl->getDeclContext();
1124 MemberType = Context.OverloadTy;
1125 break;
1126 }
1127 }
1128 }
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +00001129
1130 if (Ctx && Ctx->isRecord()) {
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001131 QualType CtxType = Context.getTagDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx));
1132 QualType ThisType = Context.getTagDeclType(MD->getParent());
1133 if ((Context.getCanonicalType(CtxType)
1134 == Context.getCanonicalType(ThisType)) ||
1135 IsDerivedFrom(ThisType, CtxType)) {
1136 // Build the implicit member access expression.
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001137 Expr *This = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(SourceLocation(),
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001138 MD->getThisType(Context));
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00001139 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, D);
Fariborz Jahanianf3e53d32009-07-29 19:40:11 +00001140 if (PerformObjectMemberConversion(This, D))
1141 return ExprError();
Anders Carlsson0f44b5a2009-08-08 16:55:18 +00001142 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(D, Loc))
1143 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor47b9a1c2009-02-04 17:27:36 +00001144 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(This, true, D,
Eli Friedman72527132009-04-29 17:56:47 +00001145 Loc, MemberType));
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001146 }
1147 }
1148 }
1149 }
1150
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00001151 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D)) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis07952322008-07-01 10:37:29 +00001152 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
1153 if (MD->isStatic())
1154 // "invalid use of member 'x' in static member function"
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001155 return ExprError(Diag(Loc,diag::err_invalid_member_use_in_static_method)
1156 << FD->getDeclName());
Argyrios Kyrtzidis07952322008-07-01 10:37:29 +00001157 }
1158
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001159 // Any other ways we could have found the field in a well-formed
1160 // program would have been turned into implicit member expressions
1161 // above.
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001162 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_non_static_member_use)
1163 << FD->getDeclName());
Argyrios Kyrtzidis07952322008-07-01 10:37:29 +00001164 }
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001165
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001166 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(D))
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001167 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_typedef) << Name);
Ted Kremeneka526c5c2008-01-07 19:49:32 +00001168 if (isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(D))
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001169 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_interface) << Name);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2d1c5d32008-04-27 13:50:30 +00001170 if (isa<NamespaceDecl>(D))
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001171 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_namespace) << Name);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001172
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001173 // Make the DeclRefExpr or BlockDeclRefExpr for the decl.
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001174 if (OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(D))
Anders Carlssone41590d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +00001175 return BuildDeclRefExpr(Ovl, Context.OverloadTy, Loc,
1176 false, false, SS);
Douglas Gregorc15cb382009-02-09 23:23:08 +00001177 else if (TemplateDecl *Template = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D))
Anders Carlssone41590d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +00001178 return BuildDeclRefExpr(Template, Context.OverloadTy, Loc,
1179 false, false, SS);
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001180 ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(D);
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001181
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001182 // Check whether this declaration can be used. Note that we suppress
1183 // this check when we're going to perform argument-dependent lookup
1184 // on this function name, because this might not be the function
1185 // that overload resolution actually selects.
Douglas Gregor751f9a42009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001186 bool ADL = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && (!SS || !SS->isSet()) &&
1187 HasTrailingLParen;
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001188 if (!(ADL && isa<FunctionDecl>(VD)) && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(VD, Loc))
1189 return ExprError();
1190
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001191 // Only create DeclRefExpr's for valid Decl's.
1192 if (VD->isInvalidDecl())
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001193 return ExprError();
1194
Chris Lattner639e2d32008-10-20 05:16:36 +00001195 // If the identifier reference is inside a block, and it refers to a value
1196 // that is outside the block, create a BlockDeclRefExpr instead of a
1197 // DeclRefExpr. This ensures the value is treated as a copy-in snapshot when
1198 // the block is formed.
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001199 //
Chris Lattner639e2d32008-10-20 05:16:36 +00001200 // We do not do this for things like enum constants, global variables, etc,
1201 // as they do not get snapshotted.
1202 //
1203 if (CurBlock && ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference(CurBlock, VD)) {
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00001204 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, VD);
Eli Friedman5fdeae12009-03-22 23:00:19 +00001205 QualType ExprTy = VD->getType().getNonReferenceType();
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00001206 // The BlocksAttr indicates the variable is bound by-reference.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00001207 if (VD->getAttr<BlocksAttr>())
Eli Friedman5fdeae12009-03-22 23:00:19 +00001208 return Owned(new (Context) BlockDeclRefExpr(VD, ExprTy, Loc, true));
Fariborz Jahanian7d5c74e2009-06-19 23:37:08 +00001209 // This is to record that a 'const' was actually synthesize and added.
1210 bool constAdded = !ExprTy.isConstQualified();
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00001211 // Variable will be bound by-copy, make it const within the closure.
Fariborz Jahanian7d5c74e2009-06-19 23:37:08 +00001212
Eli Friedman5fdeae12009-03-22 23:00:19 +00001213 ExprTy.addConst();
Fariborz Jahanian7d5c74e2009-06-19 23:37:08 +00001214 return Owned(new (Context) BlockDeclRefExpr(VD, ExprTy, Loc, false,
1215 constAdded));
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00001216 }
1217 // If this reference is not in a block or if the referenced variable is
1218 // within the block, create a normal DeclRefExpr.
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001219
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001220 bool TypeDependent = false;
Douglas Gregor83f96f62008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001221 bool ValueDependent = false;
1222 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
1223 // C++ [temp.dep.expr]p3:
1224 // An id-expression is type-dependent if it contains:
1225 // - an identifier that was declared with a dependent type,
1226 if (VD->getType()->isDependentType())
1227 TypeDependent = true;
1228 // - FIXME: a template-id that is dependent,
1229 // - a conversion-function-id that specifies a dependent type,
1230 else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName &&
1231 Name.getCXXNameType()->isDependentType())
1232 TypeDependent = true;
1233 // - a nested-name-specifier that contains a class-name that
1234 // names a dependent type.
1235 else if (SS && !SS->isEmpty()) {
Douglas Gregore4e5b052009-03-19 00:18:19 +00001236 for (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS);
Douglas Gregor83f96f62008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001237 DC; DC = DC->getParent()) {
1238 // FIXME: could stop early at namespace scope.
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +00001239 if (DC->isRecord()) {
Douglas Gregor83f96f62008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001240 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC);
1241 if (Context.getTypeDeclType(Record)->isDependentType()) {
1242 TypeDependent = true;
1243 break;
1244 }
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001245 }
1246 }
1247 }
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001248
Douglas Gregor83f96f62008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001249 // C++ [temp.dep.constexpr]p2:
1250 //
1251 // An identifier is value-dependent if it is:
1252 // - a name declared with a dependent type,
1253 if (TypeDependent)
1254 ValueDependent = true;
1255 // - the name of a non-type template parameter,
1256 else if (isa<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(VD))
1257 ValueDependent = true;
1258 // - a constant with integral or enumeration type and is
1259 // initialized with an expression that is value-dependent
Eli Friedmanc1494122009-06-11 01:11:20 +00001260 else if (const VarDecl *Dcl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(VD)) {
1261 if (Dcl->getType().getCVRQualifiers() == QualType::Const &&
1262 Dcl->getInit()) {
1263 ValueDependent = Dcl->getInit()->isValueDependent();
1264 }
1265 }
Douglas Gregor83f96f62008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001266 }
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001267
Anders Carlssone41590d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +00001268 return BuildDeclRefExpr(VD, VD->getType().getNonReferenceType(), Loc,
1269 TypeDependent, ValueDependent, SS);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001270}
1271
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001272Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc,
1273 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
Chris Lattnerd9f69102008-08-10 01:53:14 +00001274 PredefinedExpr::IdentType IT;
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001275
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001276 switch (Kind) {
Chris Lattner1423ea42008-01-12 18:39:25 +00001277 default: assert(0 && "Unknown simple primary expr!");
Chris Lattnerd9f69102008-08-10 01:53:14 +00001278 case tok::kw___func__: IT = PredefinedExpr::Func; break; // [C99 6.4.2.2]
1279 case tok::kw___FUNCTION__: IT = PredefinedExpr::Function; break;
1280 case tok::kw___PRETTY_FUNCTION__: IT = PredefinedExpr::PrettyFunction; break;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001281 }
Chris Lattner1423ea42008-01-12 18:39:25 +00001282
Chris Lattnerfa28b302008-01-12 08:14:25 +00001283 // Pre-defined identifiers are of type char[x], where x is the length of the
1284 // string.
Chris Lattner8f978d52008-01-12 19:32:28 +00001285 unsigned Length;
Chris Lattner371f2582008-12-04 23:50:19 +00001286 if (FunctionDecl *FD = getCurFunctionDecl())
1287 Length = FD->getIdentifier()->getLength();
Chris Lattnerb0da9232008-12-12 05:05:20 +00001288 else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl())
1289 Length = MD->getSynthesizedMethodSize();
1290 else {
1291 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_predef_outside_function);
1292 // __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ -> "top level", the others produce an empty string.
1293 Length = IT == PredefinedExpr::PrettyFunction ? strlen("top level") : 0;
1294 }
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001295
1296
Chris Lattner8f978d52008-01-12 19:32:28 +00001297 llvm::APInt LengthI(32, Length + 1);
Chris Lattner1423ea42008-01-12 18:39:25 +00001298 QualType ResTy = Context.CharTy.getQualifiedType(QualType::Const);
Chris Lattner8f978d52008-01-12 19:32:28 +00001299 ResTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(ResTy, LengthI, ArrayType::Normal, 0);
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001300 return Owned(new (Context) PredefinedExpr(Loc, ResTy, IT));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001301}
1302
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001303Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnCharacterConstant(const Token &Tok) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001304 llvm::SmallString<16> CharBuffer;
1305 CharBuffer.resize(Tok.getLength());
1306 const char *ThisTokBegin = &CharBuffer[0];
1307 unsigned ActualLength = PP.getSpelling(Tok, ThisTokBegin);
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001308
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001309 CharLiteralParser Literal(ThisTokBegin, ThisTokBegin+ActualLength,
1310 Tok.getLocation(), PP);
1311 if (Literal.hadError())
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001312 return ExprError();
Chris Lattnerfc62bfd2008-03-01 08:32:21 +00001313
1314 QualType type = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ? Context.CharTy : Context.IntTy;
1315
Sebastian Redle91b3bc2009-01-20 22:23:13 +00001316 return Owned(new (Context) CharacterLiteral(Literal.getValue(),
1317 Literal.isWide(),
1318 type, Tok.getLocation()));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001319}
1320
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001321Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnNumericConstant(const Token &Tok) {
1322 // Fast path for a single digit (which is quite common). A single digit
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001323 // cannot have a trigraph, escaped newline, radix prefix, or type suffix.
1324 if (Tok.getLength() == 1) {
Chris Lattner7216dc92009-01-26 22:36:52 +00001325 const char Val = PP.getSpellingOfSingleCharacterNumericConstant(Tok);
Chris Lattner0c21e842009-01-16 07:10:29 +00001326 unsigned IntSize = Context.Target.getIntWidth();
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001327 return Owned(new (Context) IntegerLiteral(llvm::APInt(IntSize, Val-'0'),
Steve Naroff0a473932009-01-20 19:53:53 +00001328 Context.IntTy, Tok.getLocation()));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001329 }
Ted Kremenek28396602009-01-13 23:19:12 +00001330
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001331 llvm::SmallString<512> IntegerBuffer;
Chris Lattner2a299042008-09-30 20:53:45 +00001332 // Add padding so that NumericLiteralParser can overread by one character.
1333 IntegerBuffer.resize(Tok.getLength()+1);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001334 const char *ThisTokBegin = &IntegerBuffer[0];
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001335
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001336 // Get the spelling of the token, which eliminates trigraphs, etc.
1337 unsigned ActualLength = PP.getSpelling(Tok, ThisTokBegin);
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001338
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001339 NumericLiteralParser Literal(ThisTokBegin, ThisTokBegin+ActualLength,
1340 Tok.getLocation(), PP);
1341 if (Literal.hadError)
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001342 return ExprError();
1343
Chris Lattner5d661452007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001344 Expr *Res;
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001345
Chris Lattner5d661452007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001346 if (Literal.isFloatingLiteral()) {
Chris Lattner525a0502007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001347 QualType Ty;
Chris Lattnerb7cfe882008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001348 if (Literal.isFloat)
Chris Lattner525a0502007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001349 Ty = Context.FloatTy;
Chris Lattnerb7cfe882008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001350 else if (!Literal.isLong)
Chris Lattner525a0502007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001351 Ty = Context.DoubleTy;
Chris Lattnerb7cfe882008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001352 else
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +00001353 Ty = Context.LongDoubleTy;
Chris Lattnerb7cfe882008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001354
1355 const llvm::fltSemantics &Format = Context.getFloatTypeSemantics(Ty);
1356
Ted Kremenek720c4ec2007-11-29 00:56:49 +00001357 // isExact will be set by GetFloatValue().
1358 bool isExact = false;
Chris Lattner001d64d2009-06-29 17:34:55 +00001359 llvm::APFloat Val = Literal.GetFloatValue(Format, &isExact);
1360 Res = new (Context) FloatingLiteral(Val, isExact, Ty, Tok.getLocation());
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001361
Chris Lattner5d661452007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001362 } else if (!Literal.isIntegerLiteral()) {
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001363 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner5d661452007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001364 } else {
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001365 QualType Ty;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001366
Neil Boothb9449512007-08-29 22:00:19 +00001367 // long long is a C99 feature.
1368 if (!getLangOptions().C99 && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x &&
Neil Booth79859c32007-08-29 22:13:52 +00001369 Literal.isLongLong)
Neil Boothb9449512007-08-29 22:00:19 +00001370 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::ext_longlong);
1371
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001372 // Get the value in the widest-possible width.
Chris Lattner98be4942008-03-05 18:54:05 +00001373 llvm::APInt ResultVal(Context.Target.getIntMaxTWidth(), 0);
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001374
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001375 if (Literal.GetIntegerValue(ResultVal)) {
1376 // If this value didn't fit into uintmax_t, warn and force to ull.
1377 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::warn_integer_too_large);
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001378 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
1379 assert(Context.getTypeSize(Ty) == ResultVal.getBitWidth() &&
Chris Lattner98be4942008-03-05 18:54:05 +00001380 "long long is not intmax_t?");
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001381 } else {
1382 // If this value fits into a ULL, try to figure out what else it fits into
1383 // according to the rules of C99 6.4.4.1p5.
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001384
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001385 // Octal, Hexadecimal, and integers with a U suffix are allowed to
1386 // be an unsigned int.
1387 bool AllowUnsigned = Literal.isUnsigned || Literal.getRadix() != 10;
1388
1389 // Check from smallest to largest, picking the smallest type we can.
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001390 unsigned Width = 0;
Chris Lattner97c51562007-08-23 21:58:08 +00001391 if (!Literal.isLong && !Literal.isLongLong) {
1392 // Are int/unsigned possibilities?
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001393 unsigned IntSize = Context.Target.getIntWidth();
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001394
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001395 // Does it fit in a unsigned int?
1396 if (ResultVal.isIntN(IntSize)) {
1397 // Does it fit in a signed int?
1398 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[IntSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001399 Ty = Context.IntTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001400 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001401 Ty = Context.UnsignedIntTy;
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001402 Width = IntSize;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001403 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001404 }
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001405
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001406 // Are long/unsigned long possibilities?
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001407 if (Ty.isNull() && !Literal.isLongLong) {
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001408 unsigned LongSize = Context.Target.getLongWidth();
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001409
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001410 // Does it fit in a unsigned long?
1411 if (ResultVal.isIntN(LongSize)) {
1412 // Does it fit in a signed long?
1413 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[LongSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001414 Ty = Context.LongTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001415 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001416 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongTy;
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001417 Width = LongSize;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001418 }
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001419 }
1420
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001421 // Finally, check long long if needed.
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001422 if (Ty.isNull()) {
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001423 unsigned LongLongSize = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth();
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001424
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001425 // Does it fit in a unsigned long long?
1426 if (ResultVal.isIntN(LongLongSize)) {
1427 // Does it fit in a signed long long?
1428 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[LongLongSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001429 Ty = Context.LongLongTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001430 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001431 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001432 Width = LongLongSize;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001433 }
1434 }
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001435
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001436 // If we still couldn't decide a type, we probably have something that
1437 // does not fit in a signed long long, but has no U suffix.
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001438 if (Ty.isNull()) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001439 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::warn_integer_too_large_for_signed);
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001440 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001441 Width = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001442 }
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001443
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001444 if (ResultVal.getBitWidth() != Width)
1445 ResultVal.trunc(Width);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001446 }
Sebastian Redle91b3bc2009-01-20 22:23:13 +00001447 Res = new (Context) IntegerLiteral(ResultVal, Ty, Tok.getLocation());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001448 }
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001449
Chris Lattner5d661452007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001450 // If this is an imaginary literal, create the ImaginaryLiteral wrapper.
1451 if (Literal.isImaginary)
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001452 Res = new (Context) ImaginaryLiteral(Res,
1453 Context.getComplexType(Res->getType()));
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001454
1455 return Owned(Res);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001456}
1457
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001458Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnParenExpr(SourceLocation L,
1459 SourceLocation R, ExprArg Val) {
Anders Carlssone9146f22009-05-01 19:49:17 +00001460 Expr *E = Val.takeAs<Expr>();
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001461 assert((E != 0) && "ActOnParenExpr() missing expr");
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001462 return Owned(new (Context) ParenExpr(L, R, E));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001463}
1464
1465/// The UsualUnaryConversions() function is *not* called by this routine.
1466/// See C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4] for more details.
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001467bool Sema::CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(QualType exprType,
Sebastian Redl05189992008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001468 SourceLocation OpLoc,
1469 const SourceRange &ExprRange,
1470 bool isSizeof) {
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001471 if (exprType->isDependentType())
1472 return false;
1473
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001474 // C99 6.5.3.4p1:
Chris Lattner01072922009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001475 if (isa<FunctionType>(exprType)) {
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001476 // alignof(function) is allowed as an extension.
Chris Lattner01072922009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001477 if (isSizeof)
1478 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_sizeof_function_type) << ExprRange;
1479 return false;
1480 }
1481
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001482 // Allow sizeof(void)/alignof(void) as an extension.
Chris Lattner01072922009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001483 if (exprType->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001484 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_sizeof_void_type)
1485 << (isSizeof ? "sizeof" : "__alignof") << ExprRange;
Chris Lattner01072922009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001486 return false;
1487 }
Chris Lattnerca790922009-04-21 19:55:16 +00001488
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001489 if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, exprType,
1490 isSizeof ? diag::err_sizeof_incomplete_type :
1491 diag::err_alignof_incomplete_type,
1492 ExprRange))
1493 return true;
1494
1495 // Reject sizeof(interface) and sizeof(interface<proto>) in 64-bit mode.
Fariborz Jahanianced1e282009-04-24 17:34:33 +00001496 if (LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI && exprType->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001497 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_nonfragile_interface)
Chris Lattner5cb10d32009-04-24 22:30:50 +00001498 << exprType << isSizeof << ExprRange;
1499 return true;
Chris Lattnerca790922009-04-21 19:55:16 +00001500 }
1501
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001502 return false;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001503}
1504
Chris Lattner31e21e02009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001505bool Sema::CheckAlignOfExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1506 const SourceRange &ExprRange) {
1507 E = E->IgnoreParens();
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001508
Chris Lattner31e21e02009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001509 // alignof decl is always ok.
1510 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(E))
1511 return false;
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001512
1513 // Cannot know anything else if the expression is dependent.
1514 if (E->isTypeDependent())
1515 return false;
1516
Douglas Gregor33bbbc52009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001517 if (E->getBitField()) {
1518 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_alignof_bitfield) << 1 << ExprRange;
1519 return true;
Chris Lattner31e21e02009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001520 }
Douglas Gregor33bbbc52009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001521
1522 // Alignment of a field access is always okay, so long as it isn't a
1523 // bit-field.
1524 if (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E))
Mike Stump8e1fab22009-07-22 18:58:19 +00001525 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
Douglas Gregor33bbbc52009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001526 return false;
1527
Chris Lattner31e21e02009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001528 return CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(E->getType(), OpLoc, ExprRange, false);
1529}
1530
Douglas Gregorba498172009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001531/// \brief Build a sizeof or alignof expression given a type operand.
1532Action::OwningExprResult
1533Sema::CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(QualType T, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1534 bool isSizeOf, SourceRange R) {
1535 if (T.isNull())
1536 return ExprError();
1537
1538 if (!T->isDependentType() &&
1539 CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(T, OpLoc, R, isSizeOf))
1540 return ExprError();
1541
1542 // C99 6.5.3.4p4: the type (an unsigned integer type) is size_t.
1543 return Owned(new (Context) SizeOfAlignOfExpr(isSizeOf, T,
1544 Context.getSizeType(), OpLoc,
1545 R.getEnd()));
1546}
1547
1548/// \brief Build a sizeof or alignof expression given an expression
1549/// operand.
1550Action::OwningExprResult
1551Sema::CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1552 bool isSizeOf, SourceRange R) {
1553 // Verify that the operand is valid.
1554 bool isInvalid = false;
1555 if (E->isTypeDependent()) {
1556 // Delay type-checking for type-dependent expressions.
1557 } else if (!isSizeOf) {
1558 isInvalid = CheckAlignOfExpr(E, OpLoc, R);
Douglas Gregor33bbbc52009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001559 } else if (E->getBitField()) { // C99 6.5.3.4p1.
Douglas Gregorba498172009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001560 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_alignof_bitfield) << 0;
1561 isInvalid = true;
1562 } else {
1563 isInvalid = CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(E->getType(), OpLoc, R, true);
1564 }
1565
1566 if (isInvalid)
1567 return ExprError();
1568
1569 // C99 6.5.3.4p4: the type (an unsigned integer type) is size_t.
1570 return Owned(new (Context) SizeOfAlignOfExpr(isSizeOf, E,
1571 Context.getSizeType(), OpLoc,
1572 R.getEnd()));
1573}
1574
Sebastian Redl05189992008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001575/// ActOnSizeOfAlignOfExpr - Handle @c sizeof(type) and @c sizeof @c expr and
1576/// the same for @c alignof and @c __alignof
1577/// Note that the ArgRange is invalid if isType is false.
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001578Action::OwningExprResult
Sebastian Redl05189992008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001579Sema::ActOnSizeOfAlignOfExpr(SourceLocation OpLoc, bool isSizeof, bool isType,
1580 void *TyOrEx, const SourceRange &ArgRange) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001581 // If error parsing type, ignore.
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001582 if (TyOrEx == 0) return ExprError();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001583
Sebastian Redl05189992008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001584 if (isType) {
Douglas Gregorba498172009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001585 QualType ArgTy = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(TyOrEx);
1586 return CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(ArgTy, OpLoc, isSizeof, ArgRange);
1587 }
Sebastian Redl05189992008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001588
Douglas Gregorba498172009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001589 // Get the end location.
1590 Expr *ArgEx = (Expr *)TyOrEx;
1591 Action::OwningExprResult Result
1592 = CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(ArgEx, OpLoc, isSizeof, ArgEx->getSourceRange());
1593
1594 if (Result.isInvalid())
1595 DeleteExpr(ArgEx);
1596
1597 return move(Result);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001598}
1599
Chris Lattnerba27e2a2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00001600QualType Sema::CheckRealImagOperand(Expr *&V, SourceLocation Loc, bool isReal) {
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001601 if (V->isTypeDependent())
1602 return Context.DependentTy;
Chris Lattnerdbb36972007-08-24 21:16:53 +00001603
Chris Lattnercc26ed72007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001604 // These operators return the element type of a complex type.
Chris Lattnerdbb36972007-08-24 21:16:53 +00001605 if (const ComplexType *CT = V->getType()->getAsComplexType())
1606 return CT->getElementType();
Chris Lattnercc26ed72007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001607
1608 // Otherwise they pass through real integer and floating point types here.
1609 if (V->getType()->isArithmeticType())
1610 return V->getType();
1611
1612 // Reject anything else.
Chris Lattnerba27e2a2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00001613 Diag(Loc, diag::err_realimag_invalid_type) << V->getType()
1614 << (isReal ? "__real" : "__imag");
Chris Lattnercc26ed72007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001615 return QualType();
Chris Lattnerdbb36972007-08-24 21:16:53 +00001616}
1617
1618
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001619
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001620Action::OwningExprResult
1621Sema::ActOnPostfixUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1622 tok::TokenKind Kind, ExprArg Input) {
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00001623 // Since this might be a postfix expression, get rid of ParenListExprs.
1624 Input = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, move(Input));
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001625 Expr *Arg = (Expr *)Input.get();
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001626
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001627 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
1628 switch (Kind) {
1629 default: assert(0 && "Unknown unary op!");
1630 case tok::plusplus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PostInc; break;
1631 case tok::minusminus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PostDec; break;
1632 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001633
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001634 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
1635 (Arg->getType()->isRecordType() || Arg->getType()->isEnumeralType())) {
1636 // Which overloaded operator?
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001637 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp =
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001638 (Opc == UnaryOperator::PostInc)? OO_PlusPlus : OO_MinusMinus;
1639
1640 // C++ [over.inc]p1:
1641 //
1642 // [...] If the function is a member function with one
1643 // parameter (which shall be of type int) or a non-member
1644 // function with two parameters (the second of which shall be
1645 // of type int), it defines the postfix increment operator ++
1646 // for objects of that type. When the postfix increment is
1647 // called as a result of using the ++ operator, the int
1648 // argument will have value zero.
1649 Expr *Args[2] = {
1650 Arg,
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001651 new (Context) IntegerLiteral(llvm::APInt(Context.Target.getIntWidth(), 0,
1652 /*isSigned=*/true), Context.IntTy, SourceLocation())
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001653 };
1654
1655 // Build the candidate set for overloading
1656 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet;
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00001657 AddOperatorCandidates(OverOp, S, OpLoc, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001658
1659 // Perform overload resolution.
1660 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00001661 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, OpLoc, Best)) {
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001662 case OR_Success: {
1663 // We found a built-in operator or an overloaded operator.
1664 FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function;
1665
1666 if (FnDecl) {
1667 // We matched an overloaded operator. Build a call to that
1668 // operator.
1669
1670 // Convert the arguments.
1671 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FnDecl)) {
1672 if (PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Arg, Method))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001673 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001674 } else {
1675 // Convert the arguments.
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001676 if (PerformCopyInitialization(Arg,
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001677 FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType(),
1678 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001679 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001680 }
1681
1682 // Determine the result type
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001683 QualType ResultTy
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001684 = FnDecl->getType()->getAsFunctionType()->getResultType();
1685 ResultTy = ResultTy.getNonReferenceType();
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001686
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001687 // Build the actual expression node.
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001688 Expr *FnExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(FnDecl, FnDecl->getType(),
Mike Stump488e25b2009-02-19 02:54:59 +00001689 SourceLocation());
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001690 UsualUnaryConversions(FnExpr);
1691
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001692 Input.release();
Douglas Gregor7ff69262009-05-27 05:00:47 +00001693 Args[0] = Arg;
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00001694 return Owned(new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, OverOp, FnExpr,
1695 Args, 2, ResultTy,
1696 OpLoc));
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001697 } else {
1698 // We matched a built-in operator. Convert the arguments, then
1699 // break out so that we will build the appropriate built-in
1700 // operator node.
1701 if (PerformCopyInitialization(Arg, Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[0],
1702 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001703 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001704
1705 break;
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001706 }
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001707 }
1708
1709 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
1710 // No viable function; fall through to handling this as a
1711 // built-in operator, which will produce an error message for us.
1712 break;
1713
1714 case OR_Ambiguous:
1715 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_oper)
1716 << UnaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc)
1717 << Arg->getSourceRange();
1718 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001719 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001720
1721 case OR_Deleted:
1722 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_deleted_oper)
1723 << Best->Function->isDeleted()
1724 << UnaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc)
1725 << Arg->getSourceRange();
1726 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
1727 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001728 }
1729
1730 // Either we found no viable overloaded operator or we matched a
1731 // built-in operator. In either case, fall through to trying to
1732 // build a built-in operation.
1733 }
1734
Eli Friedman6016cb22009-07-22 23:24:42 +00001735 Input.release();
1736 Input = Arg;
Eli Friedmande99a452009-07-22 22:25:00 +00001737 return CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, move(Input));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001738}
1739
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001740Action::OwningExprResult
1741Sema::ActOnArraySubscriptExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg Base, SourceLocation LLoc,
1742 ExprArg Idx, SourceLocation RLoc) {
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00001743 // Since this might be a postfix expression, get rid of ParenListExprs.
1744 Base = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, move(Base));
1745
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001746 Expr *LHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Base.get()),
1747 *RHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Idx.get());
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00001748
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001749 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Douglas Gregor3384c9c2009-05-19 00:01:19 +00001750 (LHSExp->isTypeDependent() || RHSExp->isTypeDependent())) {
1751 Base.release();
1752 Idx.release();
1753 return Owned(new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(LHSExp, RHSExp,
1754 Context.DependentTy, RLoc));
1755 }
1756
1757 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001758 (LHSExp->getType()->isRecordType() ||
Eli Friedman03f332a2008-12-15 22:34:21 +00001759 LHSExp->getType()->isEnumeralType() ||
1760 RHSExp->getType()->isRecordType() ||
1761 RHSExp->getType()->isEnumeralType())) {
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001762 // Add the appropriate overloaded operators (C++ [over.match.oper])
1763 // to the candidate set.
1764 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet;
1765 Expr *Args[2] = { LHSExp, RHSExp };
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00001766 AddOperatorCandidates(OO_Subscript, S, LLoc, Args, 2, CandidateSet,
1767 SourceRange(LLoc, RLoc));
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001768
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001769 // Perform overload resolution.
1770 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00001771 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, LLoc, Best)) {
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001772 case OR_Success: {
1773 // We found a built-in operator or an overloaded operator.
1774 FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function;
1775
1776 if (FnDecl) {
1777 // We matched an overloaded operator. Build a call to that
1778 // operator.
1779
1780 // Convert the arguments.
1781 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FnDecl)) {
1782 if (PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(LHSExp, Method) ||
1783 PerformCopyInitialization(RHSExp,
1784 FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType(),
1785 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001786 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001787 } else {
1788 // Convert the arguments.
1789 if (PerformCopyInitialization(LHSExp,
1790 FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType(),
1791 "passing") ||
1792 PerformCopyInitialization(RHSExp,
1793 FnDecl->getParamDecl(1)->getType(),
1794 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001795 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001796 }
1797
1798 // Determine the result type
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001799 QualType ResultTy
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001800 = FnDecl->getType()->getAsFunctionType()->getResultType();
1801 ResultTy = ResultTy.getNonReferenceType();
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001802
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001803 // Build the actual expression node.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001804 Expr *FnExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(FnDecl, FnDecl->getType(),
1805 SourceLocation());
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001806 UsualUnaryConversions(FnExpr);
1807
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001808 Base.release();
1809 Idx.release();
Douglas Gregor7ff69262009-05-27 05:00:47 +00001810 Args[0] = LHSExp;
1811 Args[1] = RHSExp;
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00001812 return Owned(new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, OO_Subscript,
1813 FnExpr, Args, 2,
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001814 ResultTy, LLoc));
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001815 } else {
1816 // We matched a built-in operator. Convert the arguments, then
1817 // break out so that we will build the appropriate built-in
1818 // operator node.
1819 if (PerformCopyInitialization(LHSExp, Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[0],
1820 "passing") ||
1821 PerformCopyInitialization(RHSExp, Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[1],
1822 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001823 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001824
1825 break;
1826 }
1827 }
1828
1829 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
1830 // No viable function; fall through to handling this as a
1831 // built-in operator, which will produce an error message for us.
1832 break;
1833
1834 case OR_Ambiguous:
1835 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_oper)
1836 << "[]"
1837 << LHSExp->getSourceRange() << RHSExp->getSourceRange();
1838 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001839 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001840
1841 case OR_Deleted:
1842 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_ovl_deleted_oper)
1843 << Best->Function->isDeleted()
1844 << "[]"
1845 << LHSExp->getSourceRange() << RHSExp->getSourceRange();
1846 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
1847 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001848 }
1849
1850 // Either we found no viable overloaded operator or we matched a
1851 // built-in operator. In either case, fall through to trying to
1852 // build a built-in operation.
1853 }
1854
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001855 // Perform default conversions.
1856 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(LHSExp);
1857 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(RHSExp);
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001858
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001859 QualType LHSTy = LHSExp->getType(), RHSTy = RHSExp->getType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001860
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001861 // C99 6.5.2.1p2: the expression e1[e2] is by definition precisely equivalent
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00001862 // to the expression *((e1)+(e2)). This means the array "Base" may actually be
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001863 // in the subscript position. As a result, we need to derive the array base
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001864 // and index from the expression types.
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001865 Expr *BaseExpr, *IndexExpr;
1866 QualType ResultType;
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001867 if (LHSTy->isDependentType() || RHSTy->isDependentType()) {
1868 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1869 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
1870 ResultType = Context.DependentTy;
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001871 } else if (const PointerType *PTy = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001872 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1873 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001874 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001875 } else if (const PointerType *PTy = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Chris Lattner7a2e0472007-07-16 00:23:25 +00001876 // Handle the uncommon case of "123[Ptr]".
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001877 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
1878 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001879 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001880 } else if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *PTy =
1881 LHSTy->getAsObjCObjectPointerType()) {
1882 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1883 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
1884 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
1885 } else if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *PTy =
1886 RHSTy->getAsObjCObjectPointerType()) {
1887 // Handle the uncommon case of "123[Ptr]".
1888 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
1889 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
1890 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Chris Lattnerc8629632007-07-31 19:29:30 +00001891 } else if (const VectorType *VTy = LHSTy->getAsVectorType()) {
1892 BaseExpr = LHSExp; // vectors: V[123]
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001893 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
Nate Begeman334a8022009-01-18 00:45:31 +00001894
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001895 // FIXME: need to deal with const...
1896 ResultType = VTy->getElementType();
Eli Friedman7c32f8e2009-04-25 23:46:54 +00001897 } else if (LHSTy->isArrayType()) {
1898 // If we see an array that wasn't promoted by
1899 // DefaultFunctionArrayConversion, it must be an array that
1900 // wasn't promoted because of the C90 rule that doesn't
1901 // allow promoting non-lvalue arrays. Warn, then
1902 // force the promotion here.
1903 Diag(LHSExp->getLocStart(), diag::ext_subscript_non_lvalue) <<
1904 LHSExp->getSourceRange();
1905 ImpCastExprToType(LHSExp, Context.getArrayDecayedType(LHSTy));
1906 LHSTy = LHSExp->getType();
1907
1908 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1909 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001910 ResultType = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Eli Friedman7c32f8e2009-04-25 23:46:54 +00001911 } else if (RHSTy->isArrayType()) {
1912 // Same as previous, except for 123[f().a] case
1913 Diag(RHSExp->getLocStart(), diag::ext_subscript_non_lvalue) <<
1914 RHSExp->getSourceRange();
1915 ImpCastExprToType(RHSExp, Context.getArrayDecayedType(RHSTy));
1916 RHSTy = RHSExp->getType();
1917
1918 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
1919 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001920 ResultType = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001921 } else {
Chris Lattner338395d2009-04-25 22:50:55 +00001922 return ExprError(Diag(LLoc, diag::err_typecheck_subscript_value)
1923 << LHSExp->getSourceRange() << RHSExp->getSourceRange());
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001924 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001925 // C99 6.5.2.1p1
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00001926 if (!(IndexExpr->getType()->isIntegerType() &&
1927 IndexExpr->getType()->isScalarType()) && !IndexExpr->isTypeDependent())
Chris Lattner338395d2009-04-25 22:50:55 +00001928 return ExprError(Diag(LLoc, diag::err_typecheck_subscript_not_integer)
1929 << IndexExpr->getSourceRange());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001930
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001931 // C99 6.5.2.1p1: "shall have type "pointer to *object* type". Similarly,
1932 // C++ [expr.sub]p1: The type "T" shall be a completely-defined object
1933 // type. Note that Functions are not objects, and that (in C99 parlance)
1934 // incomplete types are not object types.
1935 if (ResultType->isFunctionType()) {
1936 Diag(BaseExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_subscript_function_type)
1937 << ResultType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
1938 return ExprError();
1939 }
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001940
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001941 if (!ResultType->isDependentType() &&
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001942 RequireCompleteType(LLoc, ResultType, diag::err_subscript_incomplete_type,
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001943 BaseExpr->getSourceRange()))
1944 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001945
1946 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
1947 if (ResultType->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
1948 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_subscript_nonfragile_interface)
1949 << ResultType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
1950 return ExprError();
1951 }
1952
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001953 Base.release();
1954 Idx.release();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001955 return Owned(new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(LHSExp, RHSExp,
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001956 ResultType, RLoc));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001957}
1958
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001959QualType Sema::
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001960CheckExtVectorComponent(QualType baseType, SourceLocation OpLoc,
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001961 IdentifierInfo &CompName, SourceLocation CompLoc) {
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001962 const ExtVectorType *vecType = baseType->getAsExtVectorType();
Nate Begeman8a997642008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001963
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001964 // The vector accessor can't exceed the number of elements.
1965 const char *compStr = CompName.getName();
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001966
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001967 // This flag determines whether or not the component is one of the four
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001968 // special names that indicate a subset of exactly half the elements are
1969 // to be selected.
1970 bool HalvingSwizzle = false;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001971
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001972 // This flag determines whether or not CompName has an 's' char prefix,
1973 // indicating that it is a string of hex values to be used as vector indices.
Nate Begeman131f4652009-06-25 21:06:09 +00001974 bool HexSwizzle = *compStr == 's' || *compStr == 'S';
Nate Begeman8a997642008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001975
1976 // Check that we've found one of the special components, or that the component
1977 // names must come from the same set.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001978 if (!strcmp(compStr, "hi") || !strcmp(compStr, "lo") ||
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001979 !strcmp(compStr, "even") || !strcmp(compStr, "odd")) {
1980 HalvingSwizzle = true;
Nate Begeman8a997642008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001981 } else if (vecType->getPointAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1) {
Chris Lattner88dca042007-08-02 22:33:49 +00001982 do
1983 compStr++;
1984 while (*compStr && vecType->getPointAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1);
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001985 } else if (HexSwizzle || vecType->getNumericAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1) {
Chris Lattner88dca042007-08-02 22:33:49 +00001986 do
1987 compStr++;
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001988 while (*compStr && vecType->getNumericAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1);
Chris Lattner88dca042007-08-02 22:33:49 +00001989 }
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001990
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001991 if (!HalvingSwizzle && *compStr) {
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001992 // We didn't get to the end of the string. This means the component names
1993 // didn't come from the same set *or* we encountered an illegal name.
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001994 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_name_illegal)
1995 << std::string(compStr,compStr+1) << SourceRange(CompLoc);
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001996 return QualType();
1997 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001998
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001999 // Ensure no component accessor exceeds the width of the vector type it
2000 // operates on.
2001 if (!HalvingSwizzle) {
2002 compStr = CompName.getName();
2003
2004 if (HexSwizzle)
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002005 compStr++;
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002006
2007 while (*compStr) {
2008 if (!vecType->isAccessorWithinNumElements(*compStr++)) {
2009 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_exceeds_length)
2010 << baseType << SourceRange(CompLoc);
2011 return QualType();
2012 }
2013 }
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002014 }
Nate Begeman8a997642008-05-09 06:41:27 +00002015
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002016 // If this is a halving swizzle, verify that the base type has an even
2017 // number of elements.
2018 if (HalvingSwizzle && (vecType->getNumElements() & 1U)) {
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002019 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_requires_even)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00002020 << baseType << SourceRange(CompLoc);
Nate Begeman8a997642008-05-09 06:41:27 +00002021 return QualType();
2022 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002023
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002024 // The component accessor looks fine - now we need to compute the actual type.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002025 // The vector type is implied by the component accessor. For example,
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002026 // vec4.b is a float, vec4.xy is a vec2, vec4.rgb is a vec3, etc.
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002027 // vec4.s0 is a float, vec4.s23 is a vec3, etc.
Nate Begeman8a997642008-05-09 06:41:27 +00002028 // vec4.hi, vec4.lo, vec4.e, and vec4.o all return vec2.
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002029 unsigned CompSize = HalvingSwizzle ? vecType->getNumElements() / 2
2030 : CompName.getLength();
2031 if (HexSwizzle)
2032 CompSize--;
2033
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002034 if (CompSize == 1)
2035 return vecType->getElementType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002036
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00002037 QualType VT = Context.getExtVectorType(vecType->getElementType(), CompSize);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002038 // Now look up the TypeDefDecl from the vector type. Without this,
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00002039 // diagostics look bad. We want extended vector types to appear built-in.
2040 for (unsigned i = 0, E = ExtVectorDecls.size(); i != E; ++i) {
2041 if (ExtVectorDecls[i]->getUnderlyingType() == VT)
2042 return Context.getTypedefType(ExtVectorDecls[i]);
Steve Naroffbea0b342007-07-29 16:33:31 +00002043 }
2044 return VT; // should never get here (a typedef type should always be found).
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002045}
2046
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002047static Decl *FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(const ObjCProtocolDecl*PDecl,
2048 IdentifierInfo &Member,
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002049 const Selector &Sel,
2050 ASTContext &Context) {
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002051
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002052 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = PDecl->FindPropertyDeclaration(&Member))
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002053 return PD;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002054 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = PDecl->getInstanceMethod(Sel))
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002055 return OMD;
2056
2057 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator I = PDecl->protocol_begin(),
2058 E = PDecl->protocol_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002059 if (Decl *D = FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(*I, Member, Sel,
2060 Context))
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002061 return D;
2062 }
2063 return 0;
2064}
2065
Steve Naroffd1b3c2d2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002066static Decl *FindGetterNameDecl(const ObjCObjectPointerType *QIdTy,
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002067 IdentifierInfo &Member,
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002068 const Selector &Sel,
2069 ASTContext &Context) {
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002070 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
2071 Decl *GDecl = 0;
Steve Naroffd1b3c2d2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002072 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = QIdTy->qual_begin(),
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002073 E = QIdTy->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002074 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = (*I)->FindPropertyDeclaration(&Member)) {
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002075 GDecl = PD;
2076 break;
2077 }
2078 // Also must look for a getter name which uses property syntax.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002079 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = (*I)->getInstanceMethod(Sel)) {
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002080 GDecl = OMD;
2081 break;
2082 }
2083 }
2084 if (!GDecl) {
Steve Naroffd1b3c2d2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002085 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = QIdTy->qual_begin(),
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002086 E = QIdTy->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
2087 // Search in the protocol-qualifier list of current protocol.
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002088 GDecl = FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(*I, Member, Sel, Context);
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002089 if (GDecl)
2090 return GDecl;
2091 }
2092 }
2093 return GDecl;
2094}
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +00002095
Fariborz Jahanianef79bc92009-04-07 18:28:06 +00002096/// FindMethodInNestedImplementations - Look up a method in current and
2097/// all base class implementations.
2098///
2099ObjCMethodDecl *Sema::FindMethodInNestedImplementations(
2100 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace,
2101 const Selector &Sel) {
2102 ObjCMethodDecl *Method = 0;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis87018772009-07-21 00:06:04 +00002103 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *ImpDecl = IFace->getImplementation())
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002104 Method = ImpDecl->getInstanceMethod(Sel);
Fariborz Jahanianef79bc92009-04-07 18:28:06 +00002105
2106 if (!Method && IFace->getSuperClass())
2107 return FindMethodInNestedImplementations(IFace->getSuperClass(), Sel);
2108 return Method;
2109}
2110
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002111Action::OwningExprResult
2112Sema::ActOnMemberReferenceExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg Base, SourceLocation OpLoc,
2113 tok::TokenKind OpKind, SourceLocation MemberLoc,
Fariborz Jahaniana6e3ac52009-03-04 22:30:12 +00002114 IdentifierInfo &Member,
Douglas Gregorfe85ced2009-08-06 03:17:00 +00002115 DeclPtrTy ObjCImpDecl, const CXXScopeSpec *SS) {
2116 // FIXME: handle the CXXScopeSpec for proper lookup of qualified-ids
2117 if (SS && SS->isInvalid())
2118 return ExprError();
2119
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00002120 // Since this might be a postfix expression, get rid of ParenListExprs.
2121 Base = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, move(Base));
2122
Anders Carlssonf1b1d592009-05-01 19:30:39 +00002123 Expr *BaseExpr = Base.takeAs<Expr>();
Steve Naroffdfa6aae2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002124 assert(BaseExpr && "no record expression");
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00002125
Steve Naroff3cc4af82007-12-16 21:42:28 +00002126 // Perform default conversions.
2127 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(BaseExpr);
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002128
Steve Naroffdfa6aae2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002129 QualType BaseType = BaseExpr->getType();
2130 assert(!BaseType.isNull() && "no type for member expression");
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002131
Chris Lattner68a057b2008-07-21 04:36:39 +00002132 // Get the type being accessed in BaseType. If this is an arrow, the BaseExpr
2133 // must have pointer type, and the accessed type is the pointee.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002134 if (OpKind == tok::arrow) {
Anders Carlssonffce2df2009-05-15 23:10:19 +00002135 if (BaseType->isDependentType())
Douglas Gregor1c0ca592009-05-22 21:13:27 +00002136 return Owned(new (Context) CXXUnresolvedMemberExpr(Context,
2137 BaseExpr, true,
2138 OpLoc,
2139 DeclarationName(&Member),
2140 MemberLoc));
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002141 else if (const PointerType *PT = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>())
Steve Naroffdfa6aae2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002142 BaseType = PT->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002143 else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType())
2144 ;
Steve Naroffdfa6aae2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002145 else
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002146 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,
2147 diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_arrow)
2148 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Anders Carlssonffce2df2009-05-15 23:10:19 +00002149 } else {
Anders Carlsson4ef27702009-05-16 20:31:20 +00002150 if (BaseType->isDependentType()) {
2151 // Require that the base type isn't a pointer type
2152 // (so we'll report an error for)
2153 // T* t;
2154 // t.f;
2155 //
2156 // In Obj-C++, however, the above expression is valid, since it could be
2157 // accessing the 'f' property if T is an Obj-C interface. The extra check
2158 // allows this, while still reporting an error if T is a struct pointer.
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002159 const PointerType *PT = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>();
Anders Carlsson4ef27702009-05-16 20:31:20 +00002160
2161 if (!PT || (getLangOptions().ObjC1 &&
2162 !PT->getPointeeType()->isRecordType()))
Douglas Gregor1c0ca592009-05-22 21:13:27 +00002163 return Owned(new (Context) CXXUnresolvedMemberExpr(Context,
2164 BaseExpr, false,
2165 OpLoc,
2166 DeclarationName(&Member),
2167 MemberLoc));
Anders Carlsson4ef27702009-05-16 20:31:20 +00002168 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002169 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002170
Chris Lattner68a057b2008-07-21 04:36:39 +00002171 // Handle field access to simple records. This also handles access to fields
2172 // of the ObjC 'id' struct.
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002173 if (const RecordType *RTy = BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()) {
Steve Naroffdfa6aae2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002174 RecordDecl *RDecl = RTy->getDecl();
Douglas Gregor86447ec2009-03-09 16:13:40 +00002175 if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, BaseType,
Douglas Gregor4ec339f2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00002176 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_tag,
2177 BaseExpr->getSourceRange()))
2178 return ExprError();
2179
Douglas Gregorfe85ced2009-08-06 03:17:00 +00002180 DeclContext *DC = RDecl;
2181 if (SS && SS->isSet()) {
2182 // If the member name was a qualified-id, look into the
2183 // nested-name-specifier.
2184 DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false);
2185
2186 // FIXME: If DC is not computable, we should build a
2187 // CXXUnresolvedMemberExpr.
2188 assert(DC && "Cannot handle non-computable dependent contexts in lookup");
2189 }
2190
Steve Naroffdfa6aae2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002191 // The record definition is complete, now make sure the member is valid.
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002192 LookupResult Result
Douglas Gregorfe85ced2009-08-06 03:17:00 +00002193 = LookupQualifiedName(DC, DeclarationName(&Member),
Douglas Gregor4c921ae2009-01-30 01:04:22 +00002194 LookupMemberName, false);
Douglas Gregor7176fff2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002195
Douglas Gregordcee1a12009-08-06 05:28:30 +00002196 if (SS && SS->isSet()) {
Douglas Gregorfe85ced2009-08-06 03:17:00 +00002197 QualType BaseTypeCanon
2198 = Context.getCanonicalType(BaseType).getUnqualifiedType();
2199 QualType MemberTypeCanon
2200 = Context.getCanonicalType(
2201 Context.getTypeDeclType(
2202 dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(Result.getAsDecl()->getDeclContext())));
2203
2204 if (BaseTypeCanon != MemberTypeCanon &&
2205 !IsDerivedFrom(BaseTypeCanon, MemberTypeCanon))
2206 return ExprError(Diag(SS->getBeginLoc(),
2207 diag::err_not_direct_base_or_virtual)
2208 << MemberTypeCanon << BaseTypeCanon);
2209 }
2210
Douglas Gregor7176fff2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002211 if (!Result)
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002212 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_no_member)
2213 << &Member << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattnera3d25242009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002214 if (Result.isAmbiguous()) {
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002215 DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(Result, DeclarationName(&Member),
2216 MemberLoc, BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
2217 return ExprError();
Chris Lattnera3d25242009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002218 }
2219
2220 NamedDecl *MemberDecl = Result;
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00002221
Chris Lattner56cd21b2009-02-13 22:08:30 +00002222 // If the decl being referenced had an error, return an error for this
2223 // sub-expr without emitting another error, in order to avoid cascading
2224 // error cases.
2225 if (MemberDecl->isInvalidDecl())
2226 return ExprError();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002227
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002228 // Check the use of this field
2229 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(MemberDecl, MemberLoc))
2230 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner56cd21b2009-02-13 22:08:30 +00002231
Douglas Gregor3fc749d2008-12-23 00:26:44 +00002232 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +00002233 // We may have found a field within an anonymous union or struct
2234 // (C++ [class.union]).
2235 if (cast<RecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00002236 return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(MemberLoc, FD,
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002237 BaseExpr, OpLoc);
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +00002238
Douglas Gregor86f19402008-12-20 23:49:58 +00002239 // Figure out the type of the member; see C99 6.5.2.3p3, C++ [expr.ref]
Douglas Gregor3fc749d2008-12-23 00:26:44 +00002240 QualType MemberType = FD->getType();
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002241 if (const ReferenceType *Ref = MemberType->getAs<ReferenceType>())
Douglas Gregor86f19402008-12-20 23:49:58 +00002242 MemberType = Ref->getPointeeType();
2243 else {
Mon P Wangc6a38a42009-07-22 03:08:17 +00002244 unsigned BaseAddrSpace = BaseType.getAddressSpace();
Douglas Gregor86f19402008-12-20 23:49:58 +00002245 unsigned combinedQualifiers =
2246 MemberType.getCVRQualifiers() | BaseType.getCVRQualifiers();
Douglas Gregor3fc749d2008-12-23 00:26:44 +00002247 if (FD->isMutable())
Douglas Gregor86f19402008-12-20 23:49:58 +00002248 combinedQualifiers &= ~QualType::Const;
2249 MemberType = MemberType.getQualifiedType(combinedQualifiers);
Mon P Wangc6a38a42009-07-22 03:08:17 +00002250 if (BaseAddrSpace != MemberType.getAddressSpace())
2251 MemberType = Context.getAddrSpaceQualType(MemberType, BaseAddrSpace);
Douglas Gregor86f19402008-12-20 23:49:58 +00002252 }
Eli Friedman51019072008-02-06 22:48:16 +00002253
Douglas Gregord7f37bf2009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002254 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, FD);
Fariborz Jahanianf3e53d32009-07-29 19:40:11 +00002255 if (PerformObjectMemberConversion(BaseExpr, FD))
2256 return ExprError();
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002257 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, FD,
2258 MemberLoc, MemberType));
Chris Lattnera3d25242009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002259 }
2260
Douglas Gregord7f37bf2009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002261 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2262 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, MemberDecl);
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002263 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow,
Chris Lattnera3d25242009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002264 Var, MemberLoc,
2265 Var->getType().getNonReferenceType()));
Douglas Gregord7f37bf2009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002266 }
2267 if (FunctionDecl *MemberFn = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2268 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, MemberDecl);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002269 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow,
Chris Lattnera3d25242009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002270 MemberFn, MemberLoc,
2271 MemberFn->getType()));
Douglas Gregord7f37bf2009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002272 }
Chris Lattnera3d25242009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002273 if (OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl
2274 = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(MemberDecl))
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002275 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, Ovl,
Chris Lattnera3d25242009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002276 MemberLoc, Context.OverloadTy));
Douglas Gregord7f37bf2009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002277 if (EnumConstantDecl *Enum = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2278 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, MemberDecl);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002279 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow,
2280 Enum, MemberLoc, Enum->getType()));
Douglas Gregord7f37bf2009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002281 }
Chris Lattnera3d25242009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002282 if (isa<TypeDecl>(MemberDecl))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002283 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_type)
2284 << DeclarationName(&Member) << int(OpKind == tok::arrow));
Eli Friedman51019072008-02-06 22:48:16 +00002285
Douglas Gregor86f19402008-12-20 23:49:58 +00002286 // We found a declaration kind that we didn't expect. This is a
2287 // generic error message that tells the user that she can't refer
2288 // to this member with '.' or '->'.
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002289 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,
2290 diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_unknown)
2291 << DeclarationName(&Member) << int(OpKind == tok::arrow));
Chris Lattnerfb173ec2008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002292 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002293
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002294 // Handle properties on ObjC 'Class' types.
Steve Naroff430ee5a2009-07-13 17:19:15 +00002295 if (OpKind == tok::period && BaseType->isObjCClassType()) {
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002296 // Also must look for a getter name which uses property syntax.
2297 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(&Member);
2298 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl()) {
2299 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = MD->getClassInterface();
2300 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter;
2301 // FIXME: need to also look locally in the implementation.
2302 if ((Getter = IFace->lookupClassMethod(Sel))) {
2303 // Check the use of this method.
2304 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Getter, MemberLoc))
2305 return ExprError();
2306 }
2307 // If we found a getter then this may be a valid dot-reference, we
2308 // will look for the matching setter, in case it is needed.
2309 Selector SetterSel =
2310 SelectorTable::constructSetterName(PP.getIdentifierTable(),
2311 PP.getSelectorTable(), &Member);
2312 ObjCMethodDecl *Setter = IFace->lookupClassMethod(SetterSel);
2313 if (!Setter) {
2314 // If this reference is in an @implementation, also check for 'private'
2315 // methods.
2316 Setter = FindMethodInNestedImplementations(IFace, SetterSel);
2317 }
2318 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis1cb35dd2009-07-21 00:06:20 +00002319 if (!Setter)
2320 Setter = IFace->getCategoryClassMethod(SetterSel);
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002321
2322 if (Setter && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Setter, MemberLoc))
2323 return ExprError();
2324
2325 if (Getter || Setter) {
2326 QualType PType;
2327
2328 if (Getter)
2329 PType = Getter->getResultType();
2330 else {
2331 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator PI = Setter->param_begin(),
2332 E = Setter->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI)
2333 PType = (*PI)->getType();
2334 }
2335 // FIXME: we must check that the setter has property type.
2336 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCKVCRefExpr(Getter, PType,
2337 Setter, MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2338 }
2339 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
2340 << &Member << BaseType);
2341 }
2342 }
Chris Lattnera38e6b12008-07-21 04:59:05 +00002343 // Handle access to Objective-C instance variables, such as "Obj->ivar" and
2344 // (*Obj).ivar.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002345 if ((OpKind == tok::arrow && BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) ||
2346 (OpKind == tok::period && BaseType->isObjCInterfaceType())) {
2347 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = BaseType->getAsObjCObjectPointerType();
2348 const ObjCInterfaceType *IFaceT =
2349 OPT ? OPT->getInterfaceType() : BaseType->getAsObjCInterfaceType();
Steve Naroffc70e8d92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002350 if (IFaceT) {
2351 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = IFaceT->getDecl();
2352 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
2353 ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IDecl->lookupInstanceVariable(&Member, ClassDeclared);
2354
2355 if (IV) {
2356 // If the decl being referenced had an error, return an error for this
2357 // sub-expr without emitting another error, in order to avoid cascading
2358 // error cases.
2359 if (IV->isInvalidDecl())
2360 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002361
Steve Naroffc70e8d92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002362 // Check whether we can reference this field.
2363 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IV, MemberLoc))
2364 return ExprError();
2365 if (IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Public &&
2366 IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Package) {
2367 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassOfMethodDecl = 0;
2368 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl())
2369 ClassOfMethodDecl = MD->getClassInterface();
2370 else if (ObjCImpDecl && getCurFunctionDecl()) {
2371 // Case of a c-function declared inside an objc implementation.
2372 // FIXME: For a c-style function nested inside an objc implementation
2373 // class, there is no implementation context available, so we pass
2374 // down the context as argument to this routine. Ideally, this context
2375 // need be passed down in the AST node and somehow calculated from the
2376 // AST for a function decl.
2377 Decl *ImplDecl = ObjCImpDecl.getAs<Decl>();
2378 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPD =
2379 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(ImplDecl))
2380 ClassOfMethodDecl = IMPD->getClassInterface();
2381 else if (ObjCCategoryImplDecl* CatImplClass =
2382 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(ImplDecl))
2383 ClassOfMethodDecl = CatImplClass->getClassInterface();
2384 }
2385
2386 if (IV->getAccessControl() == ObjCIvarDecl::Private) {
2387 if (ClassDeclared != IDecl ||
2388 ClassOfMethodDecl != ClassDeclared)
2389 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::error_private_ivar_access)
2390 << IV->getDeclName();
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +00002391 } else if (!IDecl->isSuperClassOf(ClassOfMethodDecl))
2392 // @protected
Steve Naroffc70e8d92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002393 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::error_protected_ivar_access)
2394 << IV->getDeclName();
Steve Naroffb06d8752009-03-04 18:34:24 +00002395 }
Steve Naroffc70e8d92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002396
2397 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCIvarRefExpr(IV, IV->getType(),
2398 MemberLoc, BaseExpr,
2399 OpKind == tok::arrow));
Fariborz Jahanian935fd762009-03-03 01:21:12 +00002400 }
Steve Naroffc70e8d92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002401 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_ivar)
2402 << IDecl->getDeclName() << &Member
2403 << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Fariborz Jahanianaaa63a72008-12-13 22:20:28 +00002404 }
Steve Narofff242b1b2009-07-24 17:54:45 +00002405 // We have an 'id' type. Rather than fall through, we check if this
2406 // is a reference to 'isa'.
Steve Naroff99b10be2009-07-29 14:06:03 +00002407 if (Member.isStr("isa"))
Steve Narofff242b1b2009-07-24 17:54:45 +00002408 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCIsaExpr(BaseExpr, true, MemberLoc,
2409 Context.getObjCIdType()));
Chris Lattnerfb173ec2008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002410 }
Steve Naroffde2e22d2009-07-15 18:40:39 +00002411 // Handle properties on 'id' and qualified "id".
2412 if (OpKind == tok::period && (BaseType->isObjCIdType() ||
2413 BaseType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())) {
2414 const ObjCObjectPointerType *QIdTy = BaseType->getAsObjCObjectPointerType();
2415
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002416 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
2417 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(&Member);
2418 if (Decl *PMDecl = FindGetterNameDecl(QIdTy, Member, Sel, Context)) {
2419 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = dyn_cast<ObjCPropertyDecl>(PMDecl)) {
2420 // Check the use of this declaration
2421 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2422 return ExprError();
2423
2424 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(),
2425 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2426 }
2427 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(PMDecl)) {
2428 // Check the use of this method.
2429 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(OMD, MemberLoc))
2430 return ExprError();
2431
2432 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCMessageExpr(BaseExpr, Sel,
2433 OMD->getResultType(),
2434 OMD, OpLoc, MemberLoc,
2435 NULL, 0));
2436 }
2437 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002438
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002439 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
2440 << &Member << BaseType);
2441 }
Chris Lattnera38e6b12008-07-21 04:59:05 +00002442 // Handle Objective-C property access, which is "Obj.property" where Obj is a
2443 // pointer to a (potentially qualified) interface type.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002444 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT;
2445 if (OpKind == tok::period &&
2446 (OPT = BaseType->getAsObjCInterfacePointerType())) {
2447 const ObjCInterfaceType *IFaceT = OPT->getInterfaceType();
2448 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = IFaceT->getDecl();
2449
Daniel Dunbar2307d312008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002450 // Search for a declared property first.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002451 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = IFace->FindPropertyDeclaration(&Member)) {
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002452 // Check whether we can reference this property.
2453 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2454 return ExprError();
Fariborz Jahanian4c2743f2009-05-08 19:36:34 +00002455 QualType ResTy = PD->getType();
2456 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(&Member);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002457 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(Sel);
Fariborz Jahanianc001e892009-05-08 20:20:55 +00002458 if (DiagnosePropertyAccessorMismatch(PD, Getter, MemberLoc))
2459 ResTy = Getter->getResultType();
Fariborz Jahanian4c2743f2009-05-08 19:36:34 +00002460 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, ResTy,
Chris Lattner7eba82e2009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002461 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2462 }
Daniel Dunbar2307d312008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002463 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00002464 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = OPT->qual_begin(),
2465 E = OPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I)
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002466 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = (*I)->FindPropertyDeclaration(&Member)) {
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002467 // Check whether we can reference this property.
2468 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2469 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner7eba82e2009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002470
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002471 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(),
Chris Lattner7eba82e2009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002472 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2473 }
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002474 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = OPT->qual_begin(),
2475 E = OPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I)
2476 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = (*I)->FindPropertyDeclaration(&Member)) {
2477 // Check whether we can reference this property.
2478 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2479 return ExprError();
Daniel Dunbar2307d312008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002480
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002481 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(),
2482 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2483 }
Daniel Dunbar2307d312008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002484 // If that failed, look for an "implicit" property by seeing if the nullary
2485 // selector is implemented.
2486
2487 // FIXME: The logic for looking up nullary and unary selectors should be
2488 // shared with the code in ActOnInstanceMessage.
2489
2490 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(&Member);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002491 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(Sel);
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002492
Daniel Dunbar2307d312008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002493 // If this reference is in an @implementation, check for 'private' methods.
2494 if (!Getter)
Fariborz Jahanianef79bc92009-04-07 18:28:06 +00002495 Getter = FindMethodInNestedImplementations(IFace, Sel);
Daniel Dunbar2307d312008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002496
Steve Naroff7692ed62008-10-22 19:16:27 +00002497 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis1cb35dd2009-07-21 00:06:20 +00002498 if (!Getter)
2499 Getter = IFace->getCategoryInstanceMethod(Sel);
Daniel Dunbar2307d312008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002500 if (Getter) {
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002501 // Check if we can reference this property.
2502 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Getter, MemberLoc))
2503 return ExprError();
Steve Naroff1ca66942009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002504 }
2505 // If we found a getter then this may be a valid dot-reference, we
2506 // will look for the matching setter, in case it is needed.
2507 Selector SetterSel =
2508 SelectorTable::constructSetterName(PP.getIdentifierTable(),
2509 PP.getSelectorTable(), &Member);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002510 ObjCMethodDecl *Setter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(SetterSel);
Steve Naroff1ca66942009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002511 if (!Setter) {
2512 // If this reference is in an @implementation, also check for 'private'
2513 // methods.
Fariborz Jahanianef79bc92009-04-07 18:28:06 +00002514 Setter = FindMethodInNestedImplementations(IFace, SetterSel);
Steve Naroff1ca66942009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002515 }
2516 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis1cb35dd2009-07-21 00:06:20 +00002517 if (!Setter)
2518 Setter = IFace->getCategoryInstanceMethod(SetterSel);
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002519
Steve Naroff1ca66942009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002520 if (Setter && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Setter, MemberLoc))
2521 return ExprError();
2522
2523 if (Getter || Setter) {
2524 QualType PType;
2525
2526 if (Getter)
2527 PType = Getter->getResultType();
2528 else {
2529 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator PI = Setter->param_begin(),
2530 E = Setter->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI)
2531 PType = (*PI)->getType();
2532 }
2533 // FIXME: we must check that the setter has property type.
2534 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCKVCRefExpr(Getter, PType,
2535 Setter, MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2536 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002537 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
2538 << &Member << BaseType);
Fariborz Jahanian232220c2007-11-12 22:29:28 +00002539 }
Steve Naroffdd53eb52009-03-05 20:12:00 +00002540
Steve Narofff242b1b2009-07-24 17:54:45 +00002541 // Handle the following exceptional case (*Obj).isa.
2542 if (OpKind == tok::period &&
2543 BaseType->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ObjCId) &&
Steve Naroff99b10be2009-07-29 14:06:03 +00002544 Member.isStr("isa"))
Steve Narofff242b1b2009-07-24 17:54:45 +00002545 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCIsaExpr(BaseExpr, false, MemberLoc,
2546 Context.getObjCIdType()));
2547
Chris Lattnerfb173ec2008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002548 // Handle 'field access' to vectors, such as 'V.xx'.
Chris Lattner73525de2009-02-16 21:11:58 +00002549 if (BaseType->isExtVectorType()) {
Chris Lattnerfb173ec2008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002550 QualType ret = CheckExtVectorComponent(BaseType, OpLoc, Member, MemberLoc);
2551 if (ret.isNull())
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002552 return ExprError();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002553 return Owned(new (Context) ExtVectorElementExpr(ret, BaseExpr, Member,
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002554 MemberLoc));
Chris Lattnerfb173ec2008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002555 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002556
Douglas Gregor214f31a2009-03-27 06:00:30 +00002557 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_struct_union)
2558 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
2559
2560 // If the user is trying to apply -> or . to a function or function
2561 // pointer, it's probably because they forgot parentheses to call
2562 // the function. Suggest the addition of those parentheses.
2563 if (BaseType == Context.OverloadTy ||
2564 BaseType->isFunctionType() ||
2565 (BaseType->isPointerType() &&
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002566 BaseType->getAs<PointerType>()->isFunctionType())) {
Douglas Gregor214f31a2009-03-27 06:00:30 +00002567 SourceLocation Loc = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(BaseExpr->getLocEnd());
2568 Diag(Loc, diag::note_member_reference_needs_call)
2569 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(Loc, "()");
2570 }
2571
2572 return ExprError();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002573}
2574
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002575/// ConvertArgumentsForCall - Converts the arguments specified in
2576/// Args/NumArgs to the parameter types of the function FDecl with
2577/// function prototype Proto. Call is the call expression itself, and
2578/// Fn is the function expression. For a C++ member function, this
2579/// routine does not attempt to convert the object argument. Returns
2580/// true if the call is ill-formed.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002581bool
2582Sema::ConvertArgumentsForCall(CallExpr *Call, Expr *Fn,
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002583 FunctionDecl *FDecl,
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002584 const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002585 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
2586 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002587 // C99 6.5.2.2p7 - the arguments are implicitly converted, as if by
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002588 // assignment, to the types of the corresponding parameter, ...
2589 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
2590 unsigned NumArgsToCheck = NumArgs;
Douglas Gregor3fd56d72009-01-23 21:30:56 +00002591 bool Invalid = false;
2592
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002593 // If too few arguments are available (and we don't have default
2594 // arguments for the remaining parameters), don't make the call.
2595 if (NumArgs < NumArgsInProto) {
2596 if (!FDecl || NumArgs < FDecl->getMinRequiredArguments())
2597 return Diag(RParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args)
2598 << Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType() << Fn->getSourceRange();
2599 // Use default arguments for missing arguments
2600 NumArgsToCheck = NumArgsInProto;
Ted Kremenek8189cde2009-02-07 01:47:29 +00002601 Call->setNumArgs(Context, NumArgsInProto);
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002602 }
2603
2604 // If too many are passed and not variadic, error on the extras and drop
2605 // them.
2606 if (NumArgs > NumArgsInProto) {
2607 if (!Proto->isVariadic()) {
2608 Diag(Args[NumArgsInProto]->getLocStart(),
2609 diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args)
2610 << Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType() << Fn->getSourceRange()
2611 << SourceRange(Args[NumArgsInProto]->getLocStart(),
2612 Args[NumArgs-1]->getLocEnd());
2613 // This deletes the extra arguments.
Ted Kremenek8189cde2009-02-07 01:47:29 +00002614 Call->setNumArgs(Context, NumArgsInProto);
Douglas Gregor3fd56d72009-01-23 21:30:56 +00002615 Invalid = true;
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002616 }
2617 NumArgsToCheck = NumArgsInProto;
2618 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002619
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002620 // Continue to check argument types (even if we have too few/many args).
2621 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgsToCheck; i++) {
2622 QualType ProtoArgType = Proto->getArgType(i);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002623
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002624 Expr *Arg;
Douglas Gregor61366e92008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002625 if (i < NumArgs) {
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002626 Arg = Args[i];
Douglas Gregor61366e92008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002627
Eli Friedmane7c6f7a2009-03-22 22:00:50 +00002628 if (RequireCompleteType(Arg->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2629 ProtoArgType,
2630 diag::err_call_incomplete_argument,
2631 Arg->getSourceRange()))
2632 return true;
2633
Douglas Gregor61366e92008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002634 // Pass the argument.
2635 if (PerformCopyInitialization(Arg, ProtoArgType, "passing"))
2636 return true;
Anders Carlsson5e300d12009-06-12 16:51:40 +00002637 } else {
2638 if (FDecl->getParamDecl(i)->hasUnparsedDefaultArg()) {
2639 Diag (Call->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2640 diag::err_use_of_default_argument_to_function_declared_later) <<
2641 FDecl << cast<CXXRecordDecl>(FDecl->getDeclContext())->getDeclName();
2642 Diag(UnparsedDefaultArgLocs[FDecl->getParamDecl(i)],
2643 diag::note_default_argument_declared_here);
Anders Carlssonf54741e2009-06-16 03:37:31 +00002644 } else {
2645 Expr *DefaultExpr = FDecl->getParamDecl(i)->getDefaultArg();
2646
2647 // If the default expression creates temporaries, we need to
2648 // push them to the current stack of expression temporaries so they'll
2649 // be properly destroyed.
2650 if (CXXExprWithTemporaries *E
2651 = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXExprWithTemporaries>(DefaultExpr)) {
2652 assert(!E->shouldDestroyTemporaries() &&
2653 "Can't destroy temporaries in a default argument expr!");
2654 for (unsigned I = 0, N = E->getNumTemporaries(); I != N; ++I)
2655 ExprTemporaries.push_back(E->getTemporary(I));
2656 }
Anders Carlsson5e300d12009-06-12 16:51:40 +00002657 }
Anders Carlssonf54741e2009-06-16 03:37:31 +00002658
Douglas Gregor61366e92008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002659 // We already type-checked the argument, so we know it works.
Anders Carlssonf1480ee2009-08-14 18:30:22 +00002660 Arg = CXXDefaultArgExpr::Create(Context, FDecl->getParamDecl(i));
Anders Carlsson5e300d12009-06-12 16:51:40 +00002661 }
2662
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002663 QualType ArgType = Arg->getType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002664
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002665 Call->setArg(i, Arg);
2666 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002667
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002668 // If this is a variadic call, handle args passed through "...".
2669 if (Proto->isVariadic()) {
Anders Carlssondce5e2c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +00002670 VariadicCallType CallType = VariadicFunction;
2671 if (Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType())
2672 CallType = VariadicBlock; // Block
2673 else if (isa<MemberExpr>(Fn))
2674 CallType = VariadicMethod;
2675
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002676 // Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p7).
2677 for (unsigned i = NumArgsInProto; i != NumArgs; i++) {
2678 Expr *Arg = Args[i];
Chris Lattner312531a2009-04-12 08:11:20 +00002679 Invalid |= DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Arg, CallType);
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002680 Call->setArg(i, Arg);
2681 }
2682 }
2683
Douglas Gregor3fd56d72009-01-23 21:30:56 +00002684 return Invalid;
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002685}
2686
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +00002687/// ActOnCallExpr - Handle a call to Fn with the specified array of arguments.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002688/// This provides the location of the left/right parens and a list of comma
2689/// locations.
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002690Action::OwningExprResult
2691Sema::ActOnCallExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg fn, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
2692 MultiExprArg args,
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002693 SourceLocation *CommaLocs, SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002694 unsigned NumArgs = args.size();
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00002695
2696 // Since this might be a postfix expression, get rid of ParenListExprs.
2697 fn = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, move(fn));
2698
Anders Carlssonf1b1d592009-05-01 19:30:39 +00002699 Expr *Fn = fn.takeAs<Expr>();
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002700 Expr **Args = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(args.release());
Chris Lattner74c469f2007-07-21 03:03:59 +00002701 assert(Fn && "no function call expression");
Chris Lattner04421082008-04-08 04:40:51 +00002702 FunctionDecl *FDecl = NULL;
Fariborz Jahaniandaf04152009-05-15 20:33:25 +00002703 NamedDecl *NDecl = NULL;
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002704 DeclarationName UnqualifiedName;
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00002705
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002706 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002707 // Determine whether this is a dependent call inside a C++ template,
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002708 // in which case we won't do any semantic analysis now.
Mike Stump390b4cc2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00002709 // FIXME: Will need to cache the results of name lookup (including ADL) in
2710 // Fn.
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002711 bool Dependent = false;
2712 if (Fn->isTypeDependent())
2713 Dependent = true;
2714 else if (Expr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(Args, NumArgs))
2715 Dependent = true;
2716
2717 if (Dependent)
Ted Kremenek668bf912009-02-09 20:51:47 +00002718 return Owned(new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002719 Context.DependentTy, RParenLoc));
2720
2721 // Determine whether this is a call to an object (C++ [over.call.object]).
2722 if (Fn->getType()->isRecordType())
2723 return Owned(BuildCallToObjectOfClassType(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
2724 CommaLocs, RParenLoc));
2725
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002726 // Determine whether this is a call to a member function.
Douglas Gregore53060f2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002727 if (MemberExpr *MemExpr = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Fn->IgnoreParens())) {
2728 NamedDecl *MemDecl = MemExpr->getMemberDecl();
2729 if (isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(MemDecl) ||
2730 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(MemDecl) ||
2731 (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(MemDecl) &&
2732 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(
2733 cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(MemDecl)->getTemplatedDecl())))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002734 return Owned(BuildCallToMemberFunction(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
2735 CommaLocs, RParenLoc));
Douglas Gregore53060f2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002736 }
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002737 }
2738
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002739 // If we're directly calling a function, get the appropriate declaration.
Douglas Gregor6db8ed42009-06-30 23:57:56 +00002740 // Also, in C++, keep track of whether we should perform argument-dependent
2741 // lookup and whether there were any explicitly-specified template arguments.
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002742 Expr *FnExpr = Fn;
2743 bool ADL = true;
Douglas Gregor6db8ed42009-06-30 23:57:56 +00002744 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = 0;
2745 const TemplateArgument *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0;
2746 unsigned NumExplicitTemplateArgs = 0;
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002747 while (true) {
2748 if (ImplicitCastExpr *IcExpr = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(FnExpr))
2749 FnExpr = IcExpr->getSubExpr();
2750 else if (ParenExpr *PExpr = dyn_cast<ParenExpr>(FnExpr)) {
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002751 // Parentheses around a function disable ADL
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002752 // (C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p1).
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002753 ADL = false;
2754 FnExpr = PExpr->getSubExpr();
2755 } else if (isa<UnaryOperator>(FnExpr) &&
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002756 cast<UnaryOperator>(FnExpr)->getOpcode()
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002757 == UnaryOperator::AddrOf) {
2758 FnExpr = cast<UnaryOperator>(FnExpr)->getSubExpr();
Douglas Gregoredce4dd2009-06-30 22:34:41 +00002759 } else if (DeclRefExpr *DRExpr = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(FnExpr)) {
Chris Lattner90e150d2009-02-14 07:22:29 +00002760 // Qualified names disable ADL (C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p1).
2761 ADL &= !isa<QualifiedDeclRefExpr>(DRExpr);
Douglas Gregoredce4dd2009-06-30 22:34:41 +00002762 NDecl = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(DRExpr->getDecl());
Chris Lattner90e150d2009-02-14 07:22:29 +00002763 break;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002764 } else if (UnresolvedFunctionNameExpr *DepName
Chris Lattner90e150d2009-02-14 07:22:29 +00002765 = dyn_cast<UnresolvedFunctionNameExpr>(FnExpr)) {
2766 UnqualifiedName = DepName->getName();
2767 break;
Douglas Gregoredce4dd2009-06-30 22:34:41 +00002768 } else if (TemplateIdRefExpr *TemplateIdRef
2769 = dyn_cast<TemplateIdRefExpr>(FnExpr)) {
2770 NDecl = TemplateIdRef->getTemplateName().getAsTemplateDecl();
Douglas Gregord99cbe62009-07-29 18:26:50 +00002771 if (!NDecl)
2772 NDecl = TemplateIdRef->getTemplateName().getAsOverloadedFunctionDecl();
Douglas Gregor6db8ed42009-06-30 23:57:56 +00002773 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true;
2774 ExplicitTemplateArgs = TemplateIdRef->getTemplateArgs();
2775 NumExplicitTemplateArgs = TemplateIdRef->getNumTemplateArgs();
2776
2777 // C++ [temp.arg.explicit]p6:
2778 // [Note: For simple function names, argument dependent lookup (3.4.2)
2779 // applies even when the function name is not visible within the
2780 // scope of the call. This is because the call still has the syntactic
2781 // form of a function call (3.4.1). But when a function template with
2782 // explicit template arguments is used, the call does not have the
2783 // correct syntactic form unless there is a function template with
2784 // that name visible at the point of the call. If no such name is
2785 // visible, the call is not syntactically well-formed and
2786 // argument-dependent lookup does not apply. If some such name is
2787 // visible, argument dependent lookup applies and additional function
2788 // templates may be found in other namespaces.
2789 //
2790 // The summary of this paragraph is that, if we get to this point and the
2791 // template-id was not a qualified name, then argument-dependent lookup
2792 // is still possible.
2793 if (TemplateIdRef->getQualifier())
2794 ADL = false;
Douglas Gregoredce4dd2009-06-30 22:34:41 +00002795 break;
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002796 } else {
Chris Lattner90e150d2009-02-14 07:22:29 +00002797 // Any kind of name that does not refer to a declaration (or
2798 // set of declarations) disables ADL (C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3).
2799 ADL = false;
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002800 break;
2801 }
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002802 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002803
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002804 OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl = 0;
Douglas Gregore53060f2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002805 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = 0;
Douglas Gregoredce4dd2009-06-30 22:34:41 +00002806 if (NDecl) {
2807 FDecl = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(NDecl);
2808 if ((FunctionTemplate = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(NDecl)))
Douglas Gregore53060f2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002809 FDecl = FunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl();
2810 else
Douglas Gregoredce4dd2009-06-30 22:34:41 +00002811 FDecl = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(NDecl);
2812 Ovl = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(NDecl);
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002813 }
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002814
Douglas Gregore53060f2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002815 if (Ovl || FunctionTemplate ||
2816 (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && (FDecl || UnqualifiedName))) {
Douglas Gregor3e41d602009-02-13 23:20:09 +00002817 // We don't perform ADL for implicit declarations of builtins.
Douglas Gregor3c385e52009-02-14 18:57:46 +00002818 if (FDecl && FDecl->getBuiltinID(Context) && FDecl->isImplicit())
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002819 ADL = false;
2820
Douglas Gregorf9201e02009-02-11 23:02:49 +00002821 // We don't perform ADL in C.
2822 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
2823 ADL = false;
2824
Douglas Gregore53060f2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002825 if (Ovl || FunctionTemplate || ADL) {
Douglas Gregor6db8ed42009-06-30 23:57:56 +00002826 FDecl = ResolveOverloadedCallFn(Fn, NDecl, UnqualifiedName,
2827 HasExplicitTemplateArgs,
2828 ExplicitTemplateArgs,
2829 NumExplicitTemplateArgs,
2830 LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs, CommaLocs,
2831 RParenLoc, ADL);
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002832 if (!FDecl)
2833 return ExprError();
2834
2835 // Update Fn to refer to the actual function selected.
2836 Expr *NewFn = 0;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002837 if (QualifiedDeclRefExpr *QDRExpr
Douglas Gregoredce4dd2009-06-30 22:34:41 +00002838 = dyn_cast<QualifiedDeclRefExpr>(FnExpr))
Douglas Gregorab452ba2009-03-26 23:50:42 +00002839 NewFn = new (Context) QualifiedDeclRefExpr(FDecl, FDecl->getType(),
2840 QDRExpr->getLocation(),
2841 false, false,
2842 QDRExpr->getQualifierRange(),
2843 QDRExpr->getQualifier());
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002844 else
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002845 NewFn = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(FDecl, FDecl->getType(),
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002846 Fn->getSourceRange().getBegin());
2847 Fn->Destroy(Context);
2848 Fn = NewFn;
2849 }
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002850 }
Chris Lattner04421082008-04-08 04:40:51 +00002851
2852 // Promote the function operand.
2853 UsualUnaryConversions(Fn);
2854
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002855 // Make the call expr early, before semantic checks. This guarantees cleanup
2856 // of arguments and function on error.
Ted Kremenek668bf912009-02-09 20:51:47 +00002857 ExprOwningPtr<CallExpr> TheCall(this, new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn,
2858 Args, NumArgs,
2859 Context.BoolTy,
2860 RParenLoc));
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002861
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00002862 const FunctionType *FuncT;
2863 if (!Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType()) {
2864 // C99 6.5.2.2p1 - "The expression that denotes the called function shall
2865 // have type pointer to function".
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002866 const PointerType *PT = Fn->getType()->getAs<PointerType>();
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00002867 if (PT == 0)
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002868 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
2869 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00002870 FuncT = PT->getPointeeType()->getAsFunctionType();
2871 } else { // This is a block call.
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002872 FuncT = Fn->getType()->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType()->
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00002873 getAsFunctionType();
2874 }
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002875 if (FuncT == 0)
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002876 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
2877 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
2878
Eli Friedmane7c6f7a2009-03-22 22:00:50 +00002879 // Check for a valid return type
2880 if (!FuncT->getResultType()->isVoidType() &&
2881 RequireCompleteType(Fn->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2882 FuncT->getResultType(),
2883 diag::err_call_incomplete_return,
2884 TheCall->getSourceRange()))
2885 return ExprError();
2886
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002887 // We know the result type of the call, set it.
Douglas Gregor15da57e2008-10-29 02:00:59 +00002888 TheCall->setType(FuncT->getResultType().getNonReferenceType());
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002889
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002890 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FuncT)) {
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002891 if (ConvertArgumentsForCall(&*TheCall, Fn, FDecl, Proto, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002892 RParenLoc))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002893 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002894 } else {
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002895 assert(isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FuncT) && "Unknown FunctionType!");
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002896
Douglas Gregor74734d52009-04-02 15:37:10 +00002897 if (FDecl) {
2898 // Check if we have too few/too many template arguments, based
2899 // on our knowledge of the function definition.
2900 const FunctionDecl *Def = 0;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6fb0aee2009-06-30 02:35:26 +00002901 if (FDecl->getBody(Def) && NumArgs != Def->param_size()) {
Eli Friedmanbc4e29f2009-06-01 09:24:59 +00002902 const FunctionProtoType *Proto =
2903 Def->getType()->getAsFunctionProtoType();
2904 if (!Proto || !(Proto->isVariadic() && NumArgs >= Def->param_size())) {
2905 Diag(RParenLoc, diag::warn_call_wrong_number_of_arguments)
2906 << (NumArgs > Def->param_size()) << FDecl << Fn->getSourceRange();
2907 }
2908 }
Douglas Gregor74734d52009-04-02 15:37:10 +00002909 }
2910
Steve Naroffb291ab62007-08-28 23:30:39 +00002911 // Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p6).
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002912 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs; i++) {
2913 Expr *Arg = Args[i];
2914 DefaultArgumentPromotion(Arg);
Eli Friedmane7c6f7a2009-03-22 22:00:50 +00002915 if (RequireCompleteType(Arg->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2916 Arg->getType(),
2917 diag::err_call_incomplete_argument,
2918 Arg->getSourceRange()))
2919 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002920 TheCall->setArg(i, Arg);
Steve Naroffb291ab62007-08-28 23:30:39 +00002921 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002922 }
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002923
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002924 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(FDecl))
2925 if (!Method->isStatic())
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002926 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_member_call_without_object)
2927 << Fn->getSourceRange());
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002928
Fariborz Jahaniandaf04152009-05-15 20:33:25 +00002929 // Check for sentinels
2930 if (NDecl)
2931 DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NDecl, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs);
Chris Lattner59907c42007-08-10 20:18:51 +00002932 // Do special checking on direct calls to functions.
Fariborz Jahaniandaf04152009-05-15 20:33:25 +00002933 if (FDecl)
Eli Friedmand38617c2008-05-14 19:38:39 +00002934 return CheckFunctionCall(FDecl, TheCall.take());
Fariborz Jahanian725165f2009-05-18 21:05:18 +00002935 if (NDecl)
2936 return CheckBlockCall(NDecl, TheCall.take());
Chris Lattner59907c42007-08-10 20:18:51 +00002937
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002938 return Owned(TheCall.take());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002939}
2940
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002941Action::OwningExprResult
2942Sema::ActOnCompoundLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeTy *Ty,
2943 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg InitExpr) {
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +00002944 assert((Ty != 0) && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing type");
Steve Naroff4aa88f82007-07-19 01:06:55 +00002945 QualType literalType = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(Ty);
Steve Naroffaff1edd2007-07-19 21:32:11 +00002946 // FIXME: put back this assert when initializers are worked out.
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +00002947 //assert((InitExpr != 0) && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing expression");
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002948 Expr *literalExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(InitExpr.get());
Anders Carlssond35c8322007-12-05 07:24:19 +00002949
Eli Friedman6223c222008-05-20 05:22:08 +00002950 if (literalType->isArrayType()) {
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002951 if (literalType->isVariableArrayType())
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002952 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_variable_object_no_init)
2953 << SourceRange(LParenLoc, literalExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd()));
Douglas Gregor690dc7f2009-05-21 23:48:18 +00002954 } else if (!literalType->isDependentType() &&
2955 RequireCompleteType(LParenLoc, literalType,
2956 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type,
Douglas Gregor4ec339f2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00002957 SourceRange(LParenLoc, literalExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd())))
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002958 return ExprError();
Eli Friedman6223c222008-05-20 05:22:08 +00002959
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002960 if (CheckInitializerTypes(literalExpr, literalType, LParenLoc,
Douglas Gregor09f41cf2009-01-14 15:45:31 +00002961 DeclarationName(), /*FIXME:DirectInit=*/false))
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002962 return ExprError();
Steve Naroffe9b12192008-01-14 18:19:28 +00002963
Chris Lattner371f2582008-12-04 23:50:19 +00002964 bool isFileScope = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl() == 0;
Steve Naroffe9b12192008-01-14 18:19:28 +00002965 if (isFileScope) { // 6.5.2.5p3
Steve Naroffd0091aa2008-01-10 22:15:12 +00002966 if (CheckForConstantInitializer(literalExpr, literalType))
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002967 return ExprError();
Steve Naroffd0091aa2008-01-10 22:15:12 +00002968 }
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002969 InitExpr.release();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002970 return Owned(new (Context) CompoundLiteralExpr(LParenLoc, literalType,
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002971 literalExpr, isFileScope));
Steve Naroff4aa88f82007-07-19 01:06:55 +00002972}
2973
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002974Action::OwningExprResult
2975Sema::ActOnInitList(SourceLocation LBraceLoc, MultiExprArg initlist,
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002976 SourceLocation RBraceLoc) {
2977 unsigned NumInit = initlist.size();
2978 Expr **InitList = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(initlist.release());
Anders Carlsson66b5a8a2007-08-31 04:56:16 +00002979
Steve Naroff08d92e42007-09-15 18:49:24 +00002980 // Semantic analysis for initializers is done by ActOnDeclarator() and
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002981 // CheckInitializer() - it requires knowledge of the object being intialized.
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002982
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002983 InitListExpr *E = new (Context) InitListExpr(LBraceLoc, InitList, NumInit,
Douglas Gregor4c678342009-01-28 21:54:33 +00002984 RBraceLoc);
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00002985 E->setType(Context.VoidTy); // FIXME: just a place holder for now.
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002986 return Owned(E);
Steve Naroff4aa88f82007-07-19 01:06:55 +00002987}
2988
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002989/// CheckCastTypes - Check type constraints for casting between types.
Sebastian Redlef0cb8e2009-07-29 13:50:23 +00002990bool Sema::CheckCastTypes(SourceRange TyR, QualType castType, Expr *&castExpr,
Anders Carlssoncdb61972009-08-07 22:21:05 +00002991 CastExpr::CastKind& Kind, bool FunctionalStyle) {
Sebastian Redl9cc11e72009-07-25 15:41:38 +00002992 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
Anders Carlssoncdb61972009-08-07 22:21:05 +00002993 return CXXCheckCStyleCast(TyR, castType, castExpr, Kind, FunctionalStyle);
Sebastian Redl9cc11e72009-07-25 15:41:38 +00002994
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002995 UsualUnaryConversions(castExpr);
2996
2997 // C99 6.5.4p2: the cast type needs to be void or scalar and the expression
2998 // type needs to be scalar.
2999 if (castType->isVoidType()) {
3000 // Cast to void allows any expr type.
3001 } else if (!castType->isScalarType() && !castType->isVectorType()) {
Seo Sanghyeoneff2cd52009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003002 if (Context.getCanonicalType(castType).getUnqualifiedType() ==
3003 Context.getCanonicalType(castExpr->getType().getUnqualifiedType()) &&
3004 (castType->isStructureType() || castType->isUnionType())) {
3005 // GCC struct/union extension: allow cast to self.
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00003006 // FIXME: Check that the cast destination type is complete.
Seo Sanghyeoneff2cd52009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003007 Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::ext_typecheck_cast_nonscalar)
3008 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlsson4d8673b2009-08-07 23:22:37 +00003009 Kind = CastExpr::CK_NoOp;
Seo Sanghyeoneff2cd52009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003010 } else if (castType->isUnionType()) {
3011 // GCC cast to union extension
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003012 RecordDecl *RD = castType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
Seo Sanghyeoneff2cd52009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003013 RecordDecl::field_iterator Field, FieldEnd;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00003014 for (Field = RD->field_begin(), FieldEnd = RD->field_end();
Seo Sanghyeoneff2cd52009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003015 Field != FieldEnd; ++Field) {
3016 if (Context.getCanonicalType(Field->getType()).getUnqualifiedType() ==
3017 Context.getCanonicalType(castExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType()) {
3018 Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::ext_typecheck_cast_to_union)
3019 << castExpr->getSourceRange();
3020 break;
3021 }
3022 }
3023 if (Field == FieldEnd)
3024 return Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::err_typecheck_cast_to_union_no_type)
3025 << castExpr->getType() << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlsson4d8673b2009-08-07 23:22:37 +00003026 Kind = CastExpr::CK_ToUnion;
Seo Sanghyeoneff2cd52009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003027 } else {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003028 // Reject any other conversions to non-scalar types.
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00003029 return Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003030 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003031 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003032 } else if (!castExpr->getType()->isScalarType() &&
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003033 !castExpr->getType()->isVectorType()) {
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00003034 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
3035 diag::err_typecheck_expect_scalar_operand)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003036 << castExpr->getType() << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Nate Begeman58d29a42009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003037 } else if (castType->isExtVectorType()) {
3038 if (CheckExtVectorCast(TyR, castType, castExpr->getType()))
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003039 return true;
3040 } else if (castType->isVectorType()) {
3041 if (CheckVectorCast(TyR, castType, castExpr->getType()))
3042 return true;
Nate Begeman58d29a42009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003043 } else if (castExpr->getType()->isVectorType()) {
3044 if (CheckVectorCast(TyR, castExpr->getType(), castType))
3045 return true;
Steve Naroff6b9dfd42009-03-04 15:11:40 +00003046 } else if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && isa<ObjCSuperExpr>(castExpr)) {
Steve Naroffa0c3e9c2009-04-08 23:52:26 +00003047 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_illegal_super_cast) << TyR;
Eli Friedman41826bb2009-05-01 02:23:58 +00003048 } else if (!castType->isArithmeticType()) {
3049 QualType castExprType = castExpr->getType();
3050 if (!castExprType->isIntegralType() && castExprType->isArithmeticType())
3051 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
3052 diag::err_cast_pointer_from_non_pointer_int)
3053 << castExprType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
3054 } else if (!castExpr->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
3055 if (!castType->isIntegralType() && castType->isArithmeticType())
3056 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
3057 diag::err_cast_pointer_to_non_pointer_int)
3058 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003059 }
Fariborz Jahanianb5ff6bf2009-05-22 21:42:52 +00003060 if (isa<ObjCSelectorExpr>(castExpr))
3061 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_cast_selector_expr);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003062 return false;
3063}
3064
Chris Lattnerfe23e212007-12-20 00:44:32 +00003065bool Sema::CheckVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType VectorTy, QualType Ty) {
Anders Carlssona64db8f2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003066 assert(VectorTy->isVectorType() && "Not a vector type!");
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003067
Anders Carlssona64db8f2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003068 if (Ty->isVectorType() || Ty->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattner98be4942008-03-05 18:54:05 +00003069 if (Context.getTypeSize(VectorTy) != Context.getTypeSize(Ty))
Anders Carlssona64db8f2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003070 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003071 Ty->isVectorType() ?
Anders Carlssona64db8f2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003072 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vectors :
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00003073 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_integer)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003074 << VectorTy << Ty << R;
Anders Carlssona64db8f2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003075 } else
3076 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00003077 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_scalar)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003078 << VectorTy << Ty << R;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003079
Anders Carlssona64db8f2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003080 return false;
3081}
3082
Nate Begeman58d29a42009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003083bool Sema::CheckExtVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType DestTy, QualType SrcTy) {
3084 assert(DestTy->isExtVectorType() && "Not an extended vector type!");
3085
Nate Begeman9b10da62009-06-27 22:05:55 +00003086 // If SrcTy is a VectorType, the total size must match to explicitly cast to
3087 // an ExtVectorType.
Nate Begeman58d29a42009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003088 if (SrcTy->isVectorType()) {
3089 if (Context.getTypeSize(DestTy) != Context.getTypeSize(SrcTy))
3090 return Diag(R.getBegin(),diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_ext_vectors)
3091 << DestTy << SrcTy << R;
3092 return false;
3093 }
3094
Nate Begeman1bd1f6e2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00003095 // All non-pointer scalars can be cast to ExtVector type. The appropriate
Nate Begeman58d29a42009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003096 // conversion will take place first from scalar to elt type, and then
3097 // splat from elt type to vector.
Nate Begeman1bd1f6e2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00003098 if (SrcTy->isPointerType())
3099 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
3100 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_scalar)
3101 << DestTy << SrcTy << R;
Nate Begeman58d29a42009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003102 return false;
3103}
3104
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003105Action::OwningExprResult
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003106Sema::ActOnCastExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeTy *Ty,
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003107 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg Op) {
Anders Carlssoncdb61972009-08-07 22:21:05 +00003108 CastExpr::CastKind Kind = CastExpr::CK_Unknown;
3109
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003110 assert((Ty != 0) && (Op.get() != 0) &&
3111 "ActOnCastExpr(): missing type or expr");
Steve Naroff16beff82007-07-16 23:25:18 +00003112
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003113 Expr *castExpr = (Expr *)Op.get();
Steve Naroff16beff82007-07-16 23:25:18 +00003114 QualType castType = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(Ty);
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003115
3116 // If the Expr being casted is a ParenListExpr, handle it specially.
3117 if (isa<ParenListExpr>(castExpr))
3118 return ActOnCastOfParenListExpr(S, LParenLoc, RParenLoc, move(Op),castType);
Steve Naroff16beff82007-07-16 23:25:18 +00003119
Anders Carlssoncdb61972009-08-07 22:21:05 +00003120 if (CheckCastTypes(SourceRange(LParenLoc, RParenLoc), castType, castExpr,
3121 Kind))
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003122 return ExprError();
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003123
3124 Op.release();
Sebastian Redl9cc11e72009-07-25 15:41:38 +00003125 return Owned(new (Context) CStyleCastExpr(castType.getNonReferenceType(),
Anders Carlssoncdb61972009-08-07 22:21:05 +00003126 Kind, castExpr, castType,
3127 LParenLoc, RParenLoc));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003128}
3129
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003130/// This is not an AltiVec-style cast, so turn the ParenListExpr into a sequence
3131/// of comma binary operators.
3132Action::OwningExprResult
3133Sema::MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg EA) {
3134 Expr *expr = EA.takeAs<Expr>();
3135 ParenListExpr *E = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(expr);
3136 if (!E)
3137 return Owned(expr);
3138
3139 OwningExprResult Result(*this, E->getExpr(0));
3140
3141 for (unsigned i = 1, e = E->getNumExprs(); i != e && !Result.isInvalid(); ++i)
3142 Result = ActOnBinOp(S, E->getExprLoc(), tok::comma, move(Result),
3143 Owned(E->getExpr(i)));
3144
3145 return ActOnParenExpr(E->getLParenLoc(), E->getRParenLoc(), move(Result));
3146}
3147
3148Action::OwningExprResult
3149Sema::ActOnCastOfParenListExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3150 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg Op,
3151 QualType Ty) {
3152 ParenListExpr *PE = (ParenListExpr *)Op.get();
3153
3154 // If this is an altivec initializer, '(' type ')' '(' init, ..., init ')'
3155 // then handle it as such.
3156 if (getLangOptions().AltiVec && Ty->isVectorType()) {
3157 if (PE->getNumExprs() == 0) {
3158 Diag(PE->getExprLoc(), diag::err_altivec_empty_initializer);
3159 return ExprError();
3160 }
3161
3162 llvm::SmallVector<Expr *, 8> initExprs;
3163 for (unsigned i = 0, e = PE->getNumExprs(); i != e; ++i)
3164 initExprs.push_back(PE->getExpr(i));
3165
3166 // FIXME: This means that pretty-printing the final AST will produce curly
3167 // braces instead of the original commas.
3168 Op.release();
3169 InitListExpr *E = new (Context) InitListExpr(LParenLoc, &initExprs[0],
3170 initExprs.size(), RParenLoc);
3171 E->setType(Ty);
3172 return ActOnCompoundLiteral(LParenLoc, Ty.getAsOpaquePtr(), RParenLoc,
3173 Owned(E));
3174 } else {
3175 // This is not an AltiVec-style cast, so turn the ParenListExpr into a
3176 // sequence of BinOp comma operators.
3177 Op = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, move(Op));
3178 return ActOnCastExpr(S, LParenLoc, Ty.getAsOpaquePtr(), RParenLoc,move(Op));
3179 }
3180}
3181
3182Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnParenListExpr(SourceLocation L,
3183 SourceLocation R,
3184 MultiExprArg Val) {
3185 unsigned nexprs = Val.size();
3186 Expr **exprs = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(Val.release());
3187 assert((exprs != 0) && "ActOnParenListExpr() missing expr list");
3188 Expr *expr = new (Context) ParenListExpr(Context, L, exprs, nexprs, R);
3189 return Owned(expr);
3190}
3191
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00003192/// Note that lhs is not null here, even if this is the gnu "x ?: y" extension.
3193/// In that case, lhs = cond.
Chris Lattnera119a3b2009-02-18 04:38:20 +00003194/// C99 6.5.15
3195QualType Sema::CheckConditionalOperands(Expr *&Cond, Expr *&LHS, Expr *&RHS,
3196 SourceLocation QuestionLoc) {
Sebastian Redl3201f6b2009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003197 // C++ is sufficiently different to merit its own checker.
3198 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
3199 return CXXCheckConditionalOperands(Cond, LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc);
3200
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003201 UsualUnaryConversions(Cond);
3202 UsualUnaryConversions(LHS);
3203 UsualUnaryConversions(RHS);
3204 QualType CondTy = Cond->getType();
3205 QualType LHSTy = LHS->getType();
3206 QualType RHSTy = RHS->getType();
Steve Naroffc80b4ee2007-07-16 21:54:35 +00003207
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003208 // first, check the condition.
Sebastian Redl3201f6b2009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003209 if (!CondTy->isScalarType()) { // C99 6.5.15p2
3210 Diag(Cond->getLocStart(), diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar)
3211 << CondTy;
3212 return QualType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003213 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003214
Chris Lattner70d67a92008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003215 // Now check the two expressions.
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003216 if (LHSTy->isVectorType() || RHSTy->isVectorType())
3217 return CheckVectorOperands(QuestionLoc, LHS, RHS);
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00003218
Chris Lattner70d67a92008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003219 // If both operands have arithmetic type, do the usual arithmetic conversions
3220 // to find a common type: C99 6.5.15p3,5.
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003221 if (LHSTy->isArithmeticType() && RHSTy->isArithmeticType()) {
3222 UsualArithmeticConversions(LHS, RHS);
3223 return LHS->getType();
Steve Naroffa4332e22007-07-17 00:58:39 +00003224 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003225
Chris Lattner70d67a92008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003226 // If both operands are the same structure or union type, the result is that
3227 // type.
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003228 if (const RecordType *LHSRT = LHSTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { // C99 6.5.15p3
3229 if (const RecordType *RHSRT = RHSTy->getAs<RecordType>())
Chris Lattnera21ddb32007-11-26 01:40:58 +00003230 if (LHSRT->getDecl() == RHSRT->getDecl())
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003231 // "If both the operands have structure or union type, the result has
Chris Lattner70d67a92008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003232 // that type." This implies that CV qualifiers are dropped.
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003233 return LHSTy.getUnqualifiedType();
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00003234 // FIXME: Type of conditional expression must be complete in C mode.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003235 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003236
Chris Lattner70d67a92008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003237 // C99 6.5.15p5: "If both operands have void type, the result has void type."
Steve Naroffe701c0a2008-05-12 21:44:38 +00003238 // The following || allows only one side to be void (a GCC-ism).
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003239 if (LHSTy->isVoidType() || RHSTy->isVoidType()) {
3240 if (!LHSTy->isVoidType())
3241 Diag(RHS->getLocStart(), diag::ext_typecheck_cond_one_void)
3242 << RHS->getSourceRange();
3243 if (!RHSTy->isVoidType())
3244 Diag(LHS->getLocStart(), diag::ext_typecheck_cond_one_void)
3245 << LHS->getSourceRange();
3246 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, Context.VoidTy);
3247 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, Context.VoidTy);
Eli Friedman0e724012008-06-04 19:47:51 +00003248 return Context.VoidTy;
Steve Naroffe701c0a2008-05-12 21:44:38 +00003249 }
Steve Naroffb6d54e52008-01-08 01:11:38 +00003250 // C99 6.5.15p6 - "if one operand is a null pointer constant, the result has
3251 // the type of the other operand."
Steve Naroff58f9f2c2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00003252 if ((LHSTy->isAnyPointerType() || LHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) &&
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003253 RHS->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
3254 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy); // promote the null to a pointer.
3255 return LHSTy;
Steve Naroffb6d54e52008-01-08 01:11:38 +00003256 }
Steve Naroff58f9f2c2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00003257 if ((RHSTy->isAnyPointerType() || RHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) &&
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003258 LHS->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
3259 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy); // promote the null to a pointer.
3260 return RHSTy;
Steve Naroffb6d54e52008-01-08 01:11:38 +00003261 }
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003262 // Handle block pointer types.
3263 if (LHSTy->isBlockPointerType() || RHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) {
3264 if (!LHSTy->isBlockPointerType() || !RHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) {
3265 if (LHSTy->isVoidPointerType() || RHSTy->isVoidPointerType()) {
3266 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
3267 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType);
3268 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType);
3269 return destType;
3270 }
3271 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
3272 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3273 return QualType();
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003274 }
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003275 // We have 2 block pointer types.
3276 if (Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) {
3277 // Two identical block pointer types are always compatible.
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003278 return LHSTy;
3279 }
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003280 // The block pointer types aren't identical, continue checking.
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003281 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
3282 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003283
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003284 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee.getUnqualifiedType(),
3285 rhptee.getUnqualifiedType())) {
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003286 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_incompatible_pointers)
3287 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3288 // In this situation, we assume void* type. No especially good
3289 // reason, but this is what gcc does, and we do have to pick
3290 // to get a consistent AST.
3291 QualType incompatTy = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
3292 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy);
3293 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy);
3294 return incompatTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003295 }
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003296 // The block pointer types are compatible.
3297 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, LHSTy);
3298 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy);
Steve Naroff91588042009-04-08 17:05:15 +00003299 return LHSTy;
3300 }
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003301 // Check constraints for Objective-C object pointers types.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003302 if (LHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType() && RHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003303
3304 if (Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) {
3305 // Two identical object pointer types are always compatible.
3306 return LHSTy;
3307 }
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003308 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT = LHSTy->getAsObjCObjectPointerType();
3309 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT = RHSTy->getAsObjCObjectPointerType();
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003310 QualType compositeType = LHSTy;
3311
3312 // If both operands are interfaces and either operand can be
3313 // assigned to the other, use that type as the composite
3314 // type. This allows
3315 // xxx ? (A*) a : (B*) b
3316 // where B is a subclass of A.
3317 //
3318 // Additionally, as for assignment, if either type is 'id'
3319 // allow silent coercion. Finally, if the types are
3320 // incompatible then make sure to use 'id' as the composite
3321 // type so the result is acceptable for sending messages to.
3322
3323 // FIXME: Consider unifying with 'areComparableObjCPointerTypes'.
3324 // It could return the composite type.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003325 if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSOPT, RHSOPT)) {
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003326 compositeType = LHSTy;
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003327 } else if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(RHSOPT, LHSOPT)) {
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003328 compositeType = RHSTy;
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003329 } else if ((LHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType() ||
3330 RHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) &&
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00003331 Context.ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(LHSTy, RHSTy, true)) {
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003332 // Need to handle "id<xx>" explicitly.
3333 // GCC allows qualified id and any Objective-C type to devolve to
3334 // id. Currently localizing to here until clear this should be
3335 // part of ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible.
3336 compositeType = Context.getObjCIdType();
3337 } else if (LHSTy->isObjCIdType() || RHSTy->isObjCIdType()) {
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003338 compositeType = Context.getObjCIdType();
3339 } else {
3340 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::ext_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
3341 << LHSTy << RHSTy
3342 << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3343 QualType incompatTy = Context.getObjCIdType();
3344 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy);
3345 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy);
3346 return incompatTy;
3347 }
3348 // The object pointer types are compatible.
3349 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, compositeType);
3350 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, compositeType);
3351 return compositeType;
3352 }
Steve Naroffc715e782009-07-29 15:09:39 +00003353 // Check Objective-C object pointer types and 'void *'
3354 if (LHSTy->isVoidPointerType() && RHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003355 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroffc715e782009-07-29 15:09:39 +00003356 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAsObjCObjectPointerType()->getPointeeType();
3357 QualType destPointee = lhptee.getQualifiedType(rhptee.getCVRQualifiers());
3358 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
3359 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType); // add qualifiers if necessary
3360 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType); // promote to void*
3361 return destType;
3362 }
3363 if (LHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType() && RHSTy->isVoidPointerType()) {
3364 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAsObjCObjectPointerType()->getPointeeType();
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003365 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroffc715e782009-07-29 15:09:39 +00003366 QualType destPointee = rhptee.getQualifiedType(lhptee.getCVRQualifiers());
3367 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
3368 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType); // add qualifiers if necessary
3369 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType); // promote to void*
3370 return destType;
3371 }
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003372 // Check constraints for C object pointers types (C99 6.5.15p3,6).
3373 if (LHSTy->isPointerType() && RHSTy->isPointerType()) {
3374 // get the "pointed to" types
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003375 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
3376 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003377
3378 // ignore qualifiers on void (C99 6.5.15p3, clause 6)
3379 if (lhptee->isVoidType() && rhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) {
3380 // Figure out necessary qualifiers (C99 6.5.15p6)
3381 QualType destPointee=lhptee.getQualifiedType(rhptee.getCVRQualifiers());
3382 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
3383 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType); // add qualifiers if necessary
3384 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType); // promote to void*
3385 return destType;
3386 }
3387 if (rhptee->isVoidType() && lhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) {
3388 QualType destPointee=rhptee.getQualifiedType(lhptee.getCVRQualifiers());
3389 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
3390 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType); // add qualifiers if necessary
3391 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType); // promote to void*
3392 return destType;
3393 }
3394
3395 if (Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) {
3396 // Two identical pointer types are always compatible.
3397 return LHSTy;
3398 }
3399 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee.getUnqualifiedType(),
3400 rhptee.getUnqualifiedType())) {
3401 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_incompatible_pointers)
3402 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3403 // In this situation, we assume void* type. No especially good
3404 // reason, but this is what gcc does, and we do have to pick
3405 // to get a consistent AST.
3406 QualType incompatTy = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
3407 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy);
3408 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy);
3409 return incompatTy;
3410 }
3411 // The pointer types are compatible.
3412 // C99 6.5.15p6: If both operands are pointers to compatible types *or* to
3413 // differently qualified versions of compatible types, the result type is
3414 // a pointer to an appropriately qualified version of the *composite*
3415 // type.
3416 // FIXME: Need to calculate the composite type.
3417 // FIXME: Need to add qualifiers
3418 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, LHSTy);
3419 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy);
3420 return LHSTy;
3421 }
3422
3423 // GCC compatibility: soften pointer/integer mismatch.
3424 if (RHSTy->isPointerType() && LHSTy->isIntegerType()) {
3425 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_pointer_integer_mismatch)
3426 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3427 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy); // promote the integer to a pointer.
3428 return RHSTy;
3429 }
3430 if (LHSTy->isPointerType() && RHSTy->isIntegerType()) {
3431 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_pointer_integer_mismatch)
3432 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3433 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy); // promote the integer to a pointer.
3434 return LHSTy;
3435 }
Daniel Dunbar5e155f02008-09-11 23:12:46 +00003436
Chris Lattner70d67a92008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003437 // Otherwise, the operands are not compatible.
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003438 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
3439 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003440 return QualType();
3441}
3442
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +00003443/// ActOnConditionalOp - Parse a ?: operation. Note that 'LHS' may be null
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003444/// in the case of a the GNU conditional expr extension.
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003445Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnConditionalOp(SourceLocation QuestionLoc,
3446 SourceLocation ColonLoc,
3447 ExprArg Cond, ExprArg LHS,
3448 ExprArg RHS) {
3449 Expr *CondExpr = (Expr *) Cond.get();
3450 Expr *LHSExpr = (Expr *) LHS.get(), *RHSExpr = (Expr *) RHS.get();
Chris Lattnera21ddb32007-11-26 01:40:58 +00003451
3452 // If this is the gnu "x ?: y" extension, analyze the types as though the LHS
3453 // was the condition.
3454 bool isLHSNull = LHSExpr == 0;
3455 if (isLHSNull)
3456 LHSExpr = CondExpr;
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003457
3458 QualType result = CheckConditionalOperands(CondExpr, LHSExpr,
Chris Lattner26824902007-07-16 21:39:03 +00003459 RHSExpr, QuestionLoc);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003460 if (result.isNull())
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003461 return ExprError();
3462
3463 Cond.release();
3464 LHS.release();
3465 RHS.release();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003466 return Owned(new (Context) ConditionalOperator(CondExpr,
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00003467 isLHSNull ? 0 : LHSExpr,
3468 RHSExpr, result));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003469}
3470
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003471// CheckPointerTypesForAssignment - This is a very tricky routine (despite
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003472// being closely modeled after the C99 spec:-). The odd characteristic of this
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003473// routine is it effectively iqnores the qualifiers on the top level pointee.
3474// This circumvents the usual type rules specified in 6.2.7p1 & 6.7.5.[1-3].
3475// FIXME: add a couple examples in this comment.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003476Sema::AssignConvertType
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003477Sema::CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
3478 QualType lhptee, rhptee;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003479
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003480 // get the "pointed to" type (ignoring qualifiers at the top level)
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003481 lhptee = lhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
3482 rhptee = rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003483
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003484 // make sure we operate on the canonical type
Chris Lattnerb77792e2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00003485 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
3486 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003487
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003488 AssignConvertType ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003489
3490 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: This following citation is common to constraints
3491 // 3 & 4 (below). ...and the type *pointed to* by the left has all the
3492 // qualifiers of the type *pointed to* by the right;
Fariborz Jahanianf11284a2009-02-17 18:27:45 +00003493 // FIXME: Handle ExtQualType
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +00003494 if (!lhptee.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(rhptee))
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003495 ConvTy = CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003496
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003497 // C99 6.5.16.1p1 (constraint 4): If one operand is a pointer to an object or
3498 // incomplete type and the other is a pointer to a qualified or unqualified
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003499 // version of void...
Chris Lattnerbfe639e2008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003500 if (lhptee->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattnerd805bec2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00003501 if (rhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003502 return ConvTy;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003503
Chris Lattnerbfe639e2008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003504 // As an extension, we allow cast to/from void* to function pointer.
Chris Lattnerd805bec2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00003505 assert(rhptee->isFunctionType());
3506 return FunctionVoidPointer;
Chris Lattnerbfe639e2008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003507 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003508
Chris Lattnerbfe639e2008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003509 if (rhptee->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattnerd805bec2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00003510 if (lhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003511 return ConvTy;
Chris Lattnerbfe639e2008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003512
3513 // As an extension, we allow cast to/from void* to function pointer.
Chris Lattnerd805bec2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00003514 assert(lhptee->isFunctionType());
3515 return FunctionVoidPointer;
Chris Lattnerbfe639e2008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003516 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003517 // C99 6.5.16.1p1 (constraint 3): both operands are pointers to qualified or
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003518 // unqualified versions of compatible types, ...
Eli Friedmanf05c05d2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00003519 lhptee = lhptee.getUnqualifiedType();
3520 rhptee = rhptee.getUnqualifiedType();
3521 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee, rhptee)) {
3522 // Check if the pointee types are compatible ignoring the sign.
3523 // We explicitly check for char so that we catch "char" vs
3524 // "unsigned char" on systems where "char" is unsigned.
3525 if (lhptee->isCharType()) {
3526 lhptee = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
3527 } else if (lhptee->isSignedIntegerType()) {
3528 lhptee = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(lhptee);
3529 }
3530 if (rhptee->isCharType()) {
3531 rhptee = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
3532 } else if (rhptee->isSignedIntegerType()) {
3533 rhptee = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(rhptee);
3534 }
3535 if (lhptee == rhptee) {
3536 // Types are compatible ignoring the sign. Qualifier incompatibility
3537 // takes priority over sign incompatibility because the sign
3538 // warning can be disabled.
3539 if (ConvTy != Compatible)
3540 return ConvTy;
3541 return IncompatiblePointerSign;
3542 }
3543 // General pointer incompatibility takes priority over qualifiers.
3544 return IncompatiblePointer;
3545 }
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003546 return ConvTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003547}
3548
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003549/// CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment - This routine determines whether two
3550/// block pointer types are compatible or whether a block and normal pointer
3551/// are compatible. It is more restrict than comparing two function pointer
3552// types.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003553Sema::AssignConvertType
3554Sema::CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment(QualType lhsType,
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003555 QualType rhsType) {
3556 QualType lhptee, rhptee;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003557
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003558 // get the "pointed to" type (ignoring qualifiers at the top level)
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003559 lhptee = lhsType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
3560 rhptee = rhsType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003561
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003562 // make sure we operate on the canonical type
3563 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
3564 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003565
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003566 AssignConvertType ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003567
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003568 // For blocks we enforce that qualifiers are identical.
3569 if (lhptee.getCVRQualifiers() != rhptee.getCVRQualifiers())
3570 ConvTy = CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003571
Eli Friedman26784c12009-06-08 05:08:54 +00003572 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee, rhptee))
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003573 return IncompatibleBlockPointer;
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003574 return ConvTy;
3575}
3576
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003577/// CheckAssignmentConstraints (C99 6.5.16) - This routine currently
3578/// has code to accommodate several GCC extensions when type checking
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003579/// pointers. Here are some objectionable examples that GCC considers warnings:
3580///
3581/// int a, *pint;
3582/// short *pshort;
3583/// struct foo *pfoo;
3584///
3585/// pint = pshort; // warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type
3586/// a = pint; // warning: assignment makes integer from pointer without a cast
3587/// pint = a; // warning: assignment makes pointer from integer without a cast
3588/// pint = pfoo; // warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type
3589///
3590/// As a result, the code for dealing with pointers is more complex than the
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003591/// C99 spec dictates.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003592///
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003593Sema::AssignConvertType
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003594Sema::CheckAssignmentConstraints(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
Chris Lattnerfc144e22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003595 // Get canonical types. We're not formatting these types, just comparing
3596 // them.
Chris Lattnerb77792e2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00003597 lhsType = Context.getCanonicalType(lhsType).getUnqualifiedType();
3598 rhsType = Context.getCanonicalType(rhsType).getUnqualifiedType();
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003599
3600 if (lhsType == rhsType)
Chris Lattnerd2656dd2008-01-07 17:51:46 +00003601 return Compatible; // Common case: fast path an exact match.
Steve Naroff700204c2007-07-24 21:46:40 +00003602
Douglas Gregor9d293df2008-10-28 00:22:11 +00003603 // If the left-hand side is a reference type, then we are in a
3604 // (rare!) case where we've allowed the use of references in C,
3605 // e.g., as a parameter type in a built-in function. In this case,
3606 // just make sure that the type referenced is compatible with the
3607 // right-hand side type. The caller is responsible for adjusting
3608 // lhsType so that the resulting expression does not have reference
3609 // type.
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003610 if (const ReferenceType *lhsTypeRef = lhsType->getAs<ReferenceType>()) {
Douglas Gregor9d293df2008-10-28 00:22:11 +00003611 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsTypeRef->getPointeeType(), rhsType))
Anders Carlsson793680e2007-10-12 23:56:29 +00003612 return Compatible;
Chris Lattnerfc144e22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003613 return Incompatible;
Fariborz Jahanian411f3732007-12-19 17:45:58 +00003614 }
Nate Begeman1bd1f6e2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00003615 // Allow scalar to ExtVector assignments, and assignments of an ExtVector type
3616 // to the same ExtVector type.
3617 if (lhsType->isExtVectorType()) {
3618 if (rhsType->isExtVectorType())
3619 return lhsType == rhsType ? Compatible : Incompatible;
3620 if (!rhsType->isVectorType() && rhsType->isArithmeticType())
3621 return Compatible;
3622 }
3623
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003624 if (lhsType->isVectorType() || rhsType->isVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003625 // If we are allowing lax vector conversions, and LHS and RHS are both
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003626 // vectors, the total size only needs to be the same. This is a bitcast;
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003627 // no bits are changed but the result type is different.
Chris Lattnere8b3e962008-01-04 23:32:24 +00003628 if (getLangOptions().LaxVectorConversions &&
3629 lhsType->isVectorType() && rhsType->isVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003630 if (Context.getTypeSize(lhsType) == Context.getTypeSize(rhsType))
Anders Carlssonb0f90cc2009-01-30 23:17:46 +00003631 return IncompatibleVectors;
Chris Lattnere8b3e962008-01-04 23:32:24 +00003632 }
3633 return Incompatible;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003634 }
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003635
Chris Lattnere8b3e962008-01-04 23:32:24 +00003636 if (lhsType->isArithmeticType() && rhsType->isArithmeticType())
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003637 return Compatible;
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003638
Chris Lattner78eca282008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003639 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType)) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003640 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattnerb7b61152008-01-04 18:22:42 +00003641 return IntToPointer;
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003642
Chris Lattner78eca282008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003643 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003644 return CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003645
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003646 // In general, C pointers are not compatible with ObjC object pointers.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003647 if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(rhsType)) {
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003648 if (lhsType->isVoidPointerType()) // an exception to the rule.
3649 return Compatible;
3650 return IncompatiblePointer;
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003651 }
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003652 if (rhsType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()) {
3653 if (lhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregor63a94902008-11-27 00:44:28 +00003654 return Compatible;
Steve Naroffb4406862008-09-29 18:10:17 +00003655
3656 // Treat block pointers as objects.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003657 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && lhsType->isObjCIdType())
Steve Naroffb4406862008-09-29 18:10:17 +00003658 return Compatible;
3659 }
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003660 return Incompatible;
3661 }
3662
3663 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType)) {
3664 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
Eli Friedmand8f4f432009-02-25 04:20:42 +00003665 return IntToBlockPointer;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003666
Steve Naroffb4406862008-09-29 18:10:17 +00003667 // Treat block pointers as objects.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003668 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && rhsType->isObjCIdType())
Steve Naroffb4406862008-09-29 18:10:17 +00003669 return Compatible;
3670
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003671 if (rhsType->isBlockPointerType())
3672 return CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003673
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003674 if (const PointerType *RHSPT = rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003675 if (RHSPT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregor63a94902008-11-27 00:44:28 +00003676 return Compatible;
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003677 }
Chris Lattnerfc144e22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003678 return Incompatible;
3679 }
3680
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003681 if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(lhsType)) {
3682 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
3683 return IntToPointer;
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003684
3685 // In general, C pointers are not compatible with ObjC object pointers.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003686 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType)) {
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003687 if (rhsType->isVoidPointerType()) // an exception to the rule.
3688 return Compatible;
3689 return IncompatiblePointer;
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003690 }
3691 if (rhsType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
Steve Naroffde2e22d2009-07-15 18:40:39 +00003692 if (lhsType->isObjCBuiltinType() || rhsType->isObjCBuiltinType())
3693 return Compatible;
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003694 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsType, rhsType))
3695 return Compatible;
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00003696 if (lhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || rhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())
3697 return IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId;
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003698 return IncompatiblePointer;
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003699 }
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003700 if (const PointerType *RHSPT = rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003701 if (RHSPT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
3702 return Compatible;
3703 }
3704 // Treat block pointers as objects.
3705 if (rhsType->isBlockPointerType())
3706 return Compatible;
3707 return Incompatible;
3708 }
Chris Lattner78eca282008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003709 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType)) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003710 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is _Bool and the right is a pointer.
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003711 if (lhsType == Context.BoolTy)
3712 return Compatible;
3713
3714 if (lhsType->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattnerb7b61152008-01-04 18:22:42 +00003715 return PointerToInt;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003716
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003717 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003718 return CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003719
3720 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType) &&
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003721 rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregor63a94902008-11-27 00:44:28 +00003722 return Compatible;
Chris Lattnerfc144e22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003723 return Incompatible;
Chris Lattnerfc144e22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003724 }
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003725 if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(rhsType)) {
3726 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is _Bool and the right is a pointer.
3727 if (lhsType == Context.BoolTy)
3728 return Compatible;
3729
3730 if (lhsType->isIntegerType())
3731 return PointerToInt;
3732
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003733 // In general, C pointers are not compatible with ObjC object pointers.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003734 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType)) {
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003735 if (lhsType->isVoidPointerType()) // an exception to the rule.
3736 return Compatible;
3737 return IncompatiblePointer;
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003738 }
3739 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType) &&
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003740 rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003741 return Compatible;
3742 return Incompatible;
3743 }
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003744
Chris Lattnerfc144e22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003745 if (isa<TagType>(lhsType) && isa<TagType>(rhsType)) {
Chris Lattner78eca282008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003746 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsType, rhsType))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003747 return Compatible;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003748 }
3749 return Incompatible;
3750}
3751
Douglas Gregor0c74e8a2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00003752/// \brief Constructs a transparent union from an expression that is
3753/// used to initialize the transparent union.
3754static void ConstructTransparentUnion(ASTContext &C, Expr *&E,
3755 QualType UnionType, FieldDecl *Field) {
3756 // Build an initializer list that designates the appropriate member
3757 // of the transparent union.
3758 InitListExpr *Initializer = new (C) InitListExpr(SourceLocation(),
3759 &E, 1,
3760 SourceLocation());
3761 Initializer->setType(UnionType);
3762 Initializer->setInitializedFieldInUnion(Field);
3763
3764 // Build a compound literal constructing a value of the transparent
3765 // union type from this initializer list.
3766 E = new (C) CompoundLiteralExpr(SourceLocation(), UnionType, Initializer,
3767 false);
3768}
3769
3770Sema::AssignConvertType
3771Sema::CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(QualType ArgType, Expr *&rExpr) {
3772 QualType FromType = rExpr->getType();
3773
3774 // If the ArgType is a Union type, we want to handle a potential
3775 // transparent_union GCC extension.
3776 const RecordType *UT = ArgType->getAsUnionType();
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00003777 if (!UT || !UT->getDecl()->hasAttr<TransparentUnionAttr>())
Douglas Gregor0c74e8a2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00003778 return Incompatible;
3779
3780 // The field to initialize within the transparent union.
3781 RecordDecl *UD = UT->getDecl();
3782 FieldDecl *InitField = 0;
3783 // It's compatible if the expression matches any of the fields.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00003784 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator it = UD->field_begin(),
3785 itend = UD->field_end();
Douglas Gregor0c74e8a2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00003786 it != itend; ++it) {
3787 if (it->getType()->isPointerType()) {
3788 // If the transparent union contains a pointer type, we allow:
3789 // 1) void pointer
3790 // 2) null pointer constant
3791 if (FromType->isPointerType())
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003792 if (FromType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) {
Douglas Gregor0c74e8a2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00003793 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, it->getType());
3794 InitField = *it;
3795 break;
3796 }
3797
3798 if (rExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
3799 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, it->getType());
3800 InitField = *it;
3801 break;
3802 }
3803 }
3804
3805 if (CheckAssignmentConstraints(it->getType(), rExpr->getType())
3806 == Compatible) {
3807 InitField = *it;
3808 break;
3809 }
3810 }
3811
3812 if (!InitField)
3813 return Incompatible;
3814
3815 ConstructTransparentUnion(Context, rExpr, ArgType, InitField);
3816 return Compatible;
3817}
3818
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003819Sema::AssignConvertType
Steve Naroff90045e82007-07-13 23:32:42 +00003820Sema::CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(QualType lhsType, Expr *&rExpr) {
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +00003821 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3822 if (!lhsType->isRecordType()) {
3823 // C++ 5.17p3: If the left operand is not of class type, the
3824 // expression is implicitly converted (C++ 4) to the
3825 // cv-unqualified type of the left operand.
Douglas Gregor45920e82008-12-19 17:40:08 +00003826 if (PerformImplicitConversion(rExpr, lhsType.getUnqualifiedType(),
3827 "assigning"))
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +00003828 return Incompatible;
Chris Lattner2c4463f2009-04-12 09:02:39 +00003829 return Compatible;
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +00003830 }
3831
3832 // FIXME: Currently, we fall through and treat C++ classes like C
3833 // structures.
3834 }
3835
Steve Naroff529a4ad2007-11-27 17:58:44 +00003836 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is a pointer and the right is
3837 // a null pointer constant.
Steve Narofff7f52e72009-02-21 21:17:01 +00003838 if ((lhsType->isPointerType() ||
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003839 lhsType->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003840 lhsType->isBlockPointerType())
Fariborz Jahanian9d3185e2008-01-03 18:46:52 +00003841 && rExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
Chris Lattner1e0a3902008-01-16 19:17:22 +00003842 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, lhsType);
Steve Naroff529a4ad2007-11-27 17:58:44 +00003843 return Compatible;
3844 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003845
Chris Lattner943140e2007-10-16 02:55:40 +00003846 // This check seems unnatural, however it is necessary to ensure the proper
Steve Naroff90045e82007-07-13 23:32:42 +00003847 // conversion of functions/arrays. If the conversion were done for all
Steve Naroff08d92e42007-09-15 18:49:24 +00003848 // DeclExpr's (created by ActOnIdentifierExpr), it would mess up the unary
Steve Naroff90045e82007-07-13 23:32:42 +00003849 // expressions that surpress this implicit conversion (&, sizeof).
Chris Lattner943140e2007-10-16 02:55:40 +00003850 //
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003851 // Suppress this for references: C++ 8.5.3p5.
Chris Lattner943140e2007-10-16 02:55:40 +00003852 if (!lhsType->isReferenceType())
3853 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(rExpr);
Steve Narofff1120de2007-08-24 22:33:52 +00003854
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003855 Sema::AssignConvertType result =
3856 CheckAssignmentConstraints(lhsType, rExpr->getType());
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003857
Steve Narofff1120de2007-08-24 22:33:52 +00003858 // C99 6.5.16.1p2: The value of the right operand is converted to the
3859 // type of the assignment expression.
Douglas Gregor9d293df2008-10-28 00:22:11 +00003860 // CheckAssignmentConstraints allows the left-hand side to be a reference,
3861 // so that we can use references in built-in functions even in C.
3862 // The getNonReferenceType() call makes sure that the resulting expression
3863 // does not have reference type.
Douglas Gregor0c74e8a2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00003864 if (result != Incompatible && rExpr->getType() != lhsType)
Douglas Gregor9d293df2008-10-28 00:22:11 +00003865 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, lhsType.getNonReferenceType());
Steve Narofff1120de2007-08-24 22:33:52 +00003866 return result;
Steve Naroff90045e82007-07-13 23:32:42 +00003867}
3868
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003869QualType Sema::InvalidOperands(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex) {
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003870 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_operands)
Chris Lattner22caddc2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00003871 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003872 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerca5eede2007-12-12 05:47:28 +00003873 return QualType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003874}
3875
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003876inline QualType Sema::CheckVectorOperands(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&lex,
Steve Naroff49b45262007-07-13 16:58:59 +00003877 Expr *&rex) {
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003878 // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers.
Nate Begeman1330b0e2008-04-04 01:30:25 +00003879 // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent.
Chris Lattnerb77792e2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00003880 QualType lhsType =
3881 Context.getCanonicalType(lex->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
3882 QualType rhsType =
3883 Context.getCanonicalType(rex->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003884
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003885 // If the vector types are identical, return.
Nate Begeman1330b0e2008-04-04 01:30:25 +00003886 if (lhsType == rhsType)
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003887 return lhsType;
Nate Begeman4119d1a2007-12-30 02:59:45 +00003888
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003889 // Handle the case of a vector & extvector type of the same size and element
3890 // type. It would be nice if we only had one vector type someday.
Anders Carlssonb0f90cc2009-01-30 23:17:46 +00003891 if (getLangOptions().LaxVectorConversions) {
3892 // FIXME: Should we warn here?
3893 if (const VectorType *LV = lhsType->getAsVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003894 if (const VectorType *RV = rhsType->getAsVectorType())
3895 if (LV->getElementType() == RV->getElementType() &&
Anders Carlssonb0f90cc2009-01-30 23:17:46 +00003896 LV->getNumElements() == RV->getNumElements()) {
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003897 return lhsType->isExtVectorType() ? lhsType : rhsType;
Anders Carlssonb0f90cc2009-01-30 23:17:46 +00003898 }
3899 }
3900 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003901
Nate Begeman1bd1f6e2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00003902 // Canonicalize the ExtVector to the LHS, remember if we swapped so we can
3903 // swap back (so that we don't reverse the inputs to a subtract, for instance.
3904 bool swapped = false;
3905 if (rhsType->isExtVectorType()) {
3906 swapped = true;
3907 std::swap(rex, lex);
3908 std::swap(rhsType, lhsType);
3909 }
3910
Nate Begemandde25982009-06-28 19:12:57 +00003911 // Handle the case of an ext vector and scalar.
Nate Begeman1bd1f6e2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00003912 if (const ExtVectorType *LV = lhsType->getAsExtVectorType()) {
3913 QualType EltTy = LV->getElementType();
3914 if (EltTy->isIntegralType() && rhsType->isIntegralType()) {
3915 if (Context.getIntegerTypeOrder(EltTy, rhsType) >= 0) {
Nate Begemandde25982009-06-28 19:12:57 +00003916 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lhsType);
Nate Begeman1bd1f6e2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00003917 if (swapped) std::swap(rex, lex);
3918 return lhsType;
3919 }
3920 }
3921 if (EltTy->isRealFloatingType() && rhsType->isScalarType() &&
3922 rhsType->isRealFloatingType()) {
3923 if (Context.getFloatingTypeOrder(EltTy, rhsType) >= 0) {
Nate Begemandde25982009-06-28 19:12:57 +00003924 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lhsType);
Nate Begeman1bd1f6e2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00003925 if (swapped) std::swap(rex, lex);
3926 return lhsType;
3927 }
Nate Begeman4119d1a2007-12-30 02:59:45 +00003928 }
3929 }
Nate Begeman1bd1f6e2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00003930
Nate Begemandde25982009-06-28 19:12:57 +00003931 // Vectors of different size or scalar and non-ext-vector are errors.
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003932 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_vector_not_convertable)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003933 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003934 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003935 return QualType();
Sebastian Redl22460502009-02-07 00:15:38 +00003936}
3937
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003938inline QualType Sema::CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003939 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign)
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003940{
Daniel Dunbar69d1d002009-01-05 22:42:10 +00003941 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003942 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003943
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003944 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003945
Steve Naroffa4332e22007-07-17 00:58:39 +00003946 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType())
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003947 return compType;
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003948 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003949}
3950
3951inline QualType Sema::CheckRemainderOperands(
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003952 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign)
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003953{
Daniel Dunbar523aa602009-01-05 22:55:36 +00003954 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
3955 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
3956 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
3957 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
3958 }
Steve Naroff90045e82007-07-13 23:32:42 +00003959
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003960 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003961
Steve Naroffa4332e22007-07-17 00:58:39 +00003962 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003963 return compType;
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003964 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003965}
3966
3967inline QualType Sema::CheckAdditionOperands( // C99 6.5.6
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003968 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, QualType* CompLHSTy)
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003969{
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003970 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
3971 QualType compType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
3972 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
3973 return compType;
3974 }
Steve Naroff49b45262007-07-13 16:58:59 +00003975
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003976 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, CompLHSTy);
Eli Friedmand72d16e2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00003977
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003978 // handle the common case first (both operands are arithmetic).
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003979 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() &&
3980 rex->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
3981 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003982 return compType;
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003983 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003984
Eli Friedmand72d16e2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00003985 // Put any potential pointer into PExp
3986 Expr* PExp = lex, *IExp = rex;
Steve Naroff58f9f2c2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00003987 if (IExp->getType()->isAnyPointerType())
Eli Friedmand72d16e2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00003988 std::swap(PExp, IExp);
3989
Steve Naroff58f9f2c2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00003990 if (PExp->getType()->isAnyPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003991
Eli Friedmand72d16e2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00003992 if (IExp->getType()->isIntegerType()) {
Steve Naroff760e3c42009-07-13 21:20:41 +00003993 QualType PointeeTy = PExp->getType()->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003994
Chris Lattnerb5f15622009-04-24 23:50:08 +00003995 // Check for arithmetic on pointers to incomplete types.
3996 if (PointeeTy->isVoidType()) {
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003997 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3998 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00003999 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor4ec339f2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00004000 return QualType();
Eli Friedmand72d16e2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00004001 }
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004002
4003 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to void
4004 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
4005 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerb5f15622009-04-24 23:50:08 +00004006 } else if (PointeeTy->isFunctionType()) {
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004007 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4008 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
4009 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
4010 return QualType();
4011 }
4012
4013 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
4014 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
4015 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff9deaeca2009-07-13 21:32:29 +00004016 } else {
Steve Naroff760e3c42009-07-13 21:20:41 +00004017 // Check if we require a complete type.
4018 if (((PExp->getType()->isPointerType() &&
Steve Naroff9deaeca2009-07-13 21:32:29 +00004019 !PExp->getType()->isDependentType()) ||
Steve Naroff760e3c42009-07-13 21:20:41 +00004020 PExp->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) &&
4021 RequireCompleteType(Loc, PointeeTy,
4022 diag::err_typecheck_arithmetic_incomplete_type,
4023 PExp->getSourceRange(), SourceRange(),
4024 PExp->getType()))
4025 return QualType();
4026 }
Chris Lattnerb5f15622009-04-24 23:50:08 +00004027 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
4028 if (PointeeTy->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
4029 Diag(Loc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
4030 << PointeeTy << PExp->getSourceRange();
4031 return QualType();
4032 }
4033
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004034 if (CompLHSTy) {
4035 QualType LHSTy = lex->getType();
4036 if (LHSTy->isPromotableIntegerType())
4037 LHSTy = Context.IntTy;
Douglas Gregor2d833e32009-05-02 00:36:19 +00004038 else {
4039 QualType T = isPromotableBitField(lex, Context);
4040 if (!T.isNull())
4041 LHSTy = T;
4042 }
4043
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004044 *CompLHSTy = LHSTy;
4045 }
Eli Friedmand72d16e2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00004046 return PExp->getType();
4047 }
4048 }
4049
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004050 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004051}
4052
Chris Lattnereca7be62008-04-07 05:30:13 +00004053// C99 6.5.6
4054QualType Sema::CheckSubtractionOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex,
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004055 SourceLocation Loc, QualType* CompLHSTy) {
4056 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
4057 QualType compType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
4058 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
4059 return compType;
4060 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004061
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004062 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, CompLHSTy);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004063
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004064 // Enforce type constraints: C99 6.5.6p3.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004065
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004066 // Handle the common case first (both operands are arithmetic).
Mike Stumpaf199f32009-05-07 18:43:07 +00004067 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType()
4068 && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004069 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004070 return compType;
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004071 }
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004072
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004073 // Either ptr - int or ptr - ptr.
Steve Naroff58f9f2c2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004074 if (lex->getType()->isAnyPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff430ee5a2009-07-13 17:19:15 +00004075 QualType lpointee = lex->getType()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004076
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004077 // The LHS must be an completely-defined object type.
Douglas Gregorc983b862009-01-23 00:36:41 +00004078
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004079 bool ComplainAboutVoid = false;
4080 Expr *ComplainAboutFunc = 0;
4081 if (lpointee->isVoidType()) {
4082 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4083 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
4084 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4085 return QualType();
4086 }
4087
4088 // GNU C extension: arithmetic on pointer to void
4089 ComplainAboutVoid = true;
4090 } else if (lpointee->isFunctionType()) {
4091 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4092 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004093 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004094 return QualType();
4095 }
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004096
4097 // GNU C extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
4098 ComplainAboutFunc = lex;
4099 } else if (!lpointee->isDependentType() &&
4100 RequireCompleteType(Loc, lpointee,
4101 diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_object,
4102 lex->getSourceRange(),
4103 SourceRange(),
4104 lex->getType()))
4105 return QualType();
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004106
Chris Lattnerb5f15622009-04-24 23:50:08 +00004107 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
4108 if (lpointee->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
4109 Diag(Loc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
4110 << lpointee << lex->getSourceRange();
4111 return QualType();
4112 }
4113
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004114 // The result type of a pointer-int computation is the pointer type.
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004115 if (rex->getType()->isIntegerType()) {
4116 if (ComplainAboutVoid)
4117 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
4118 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4119 if (ComplainAboutFunc)
4120 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
4121 << ComplainAboutFunc->getType()
4122 << ComplainAboutFunc->getSourceRange();
4123
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004124 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = lex->getType();
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004125 return lex->getType();
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004126 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004127
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004128 // Handle pointer-pointer subtractions.
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004129 if (const PointerType *RHSPTy = rex->getType()->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Eli Friedman8e54ad02008-02-08 01:19:44 +00004130 QualType rpointee = RHSPTy->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004131
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004132 // RHS must be a completely-type object type.
4133 // Handle the GNU void* extension.
4134 if (rpointee->isVoidType()) {
4135 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4136 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
4137 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4138 return QualType();
4139 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004140
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004141 ComplainAboutVoid = true;
4142 } else if (rpointee->isFunctionType()) {
4143 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4144 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004145 << rex->getType() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004146 return QualType();
4147 }
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004148
4149 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
4150 if (!ComplainAboutFunc)
4151 ComplainAboutFunc = rex;
4152 } else if (!rpointee->isDependentType() &&
4153 RequireCompleteType(Loc, rpointee,
4154 diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_object,
4155 rex->getSourceRange(),
4156 SourceRange(),
4157 rex->getType()))
4158 return QualType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004159
Eli Friedman88d936b2009-05-16 13:54:38 +00004160 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4161 // Pointee types must be the same: C++ [expr.add]
4162 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(lpointee, rpointee)) {
4163 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_compatible)
4164 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
4165 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4166 return QualType();
4167 }
4168 } else {
4169 // Pointee types must be compatible C99 6.5.6p3
4170 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(
4171 Context.getCanonicalType(lpointee).getUnqualifiedType(),
4172 Context.getCanonicalType(rpointee).getUnqualifiedType())) {
4173 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_compatible)
4174 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
4175 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4176 return QualType();
4177 }
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004178 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004179
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004180 if (ComplainAboutVoid)
4181 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
4182 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4183 if (ComplainAboutFunc)
4184 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
4185 << ComplainAboutFunc->getType()
4186 << ComplainAboutFunc->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004187
4188 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = lex->getType();
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004189 return Context.getPointerDiffType();
4190 }
4191 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004192
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004193 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004194}
4195
Chris Lattnereca7be62008-04-07 05:30:13 +00004196// C99 6.5.7
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004197QualType Sema::CheckShiftOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc,
Chris Lattnereca7be62008-04-07 05:30:13 +00004198 bool isCompAssign) {
Chris Lattnerca5eede2007-12-12 05:47:28 +00004199 // C99 6.5.7p2: Each of the operands shall have integer type.
4200 if (!lex->getType()->isIntegerType() || !rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004201 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004202
Chris Lattnerca5eede2007-12-12 05:47:28 +00004203 // Shifts don't perform usual arithmetic conversions, they just do integer
4204 // promotions on each operand. C99 6.5.7p3
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004205 QualType LHSTy;
4206 if (lex->getType()->isPromotableIntegerType())
4207 LHSTy = Context.IntTy;
Douglas Gregor2d833e32009-05-02 00:36:19 +00004208 else {
4209 LHSTy = isPromotableBitField(lex, Context);
4210 if (LHSTy.isNull())
4211 LHSTy = lex->getType();
4212 }
Chris Lattner1dcf2c82007-12-13 07:28:16 +00004213 if (!isCompAssign)
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004214 ImpCastExprToType(lex, LHSTy);
4215
Chris Lattnerca5eede2007-12-12 05:47:28 +00004216 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004217
Ryan Flynnd0439682009-08-07 16:20:20 +00004218 // Sanity-check shift operands
4219 llvm::APSInt Right;
4220 // Check right/shifter operand
4221 if (rex->isIntegerConstantExpr(Right, Context)) {
Ryan Flynn8045c732009-08-08 19:18:23 +00004222 if (Right.isNegative())
Ryan Flynnd0439682009-08-07 16:20:20 +00004223 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_shift_negative) << rex->getSourceRange();
4224 else {
4225 llvm::APInt LeftBits(Right.getBitWidth(),
4226 Context.getTypeSize(lex->getType()));
4227 if (Right.uge(LeftBits))
4228 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_shift_gt_typewidth) << rex->getSourceRange();
4229 }
4230 }
4231
Chris Lattnerca5eede2007-12-12 05:47:28 +00004232 // "The type of the result is that of the promoted left operand."
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004233 return LHSTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004234}
4235
Douglas Gregor0c6db942009-05-04 06:07:12 +00004236// C99 6.5.8, C++ [expr.rel]
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004237QualType Sema::CheckCompareOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc,
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004238 unsigned OpaqueOpc, bool isRelational) {
4239 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = (BinaryOperator::Opcode)OpaqueOpc;
4240
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004241 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004242 return CheckVectorCompareOperands(lex, rex, Loc, isRelational);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004243
Chris Lattnera5937dd2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004244 // C99 6.5.8p3 / C99 6.5.9p4
Steve Naroff30bf7712007-08-10 18:26:40 +00004245 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType())
4246 UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex);
4247 else {
4248 UsualUnaryConversions(lex);
4249 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
4250 }
Steve Naroffc80b4ee2007-07-16 21:54:35 +00004251 QualType lType = lex->getType();
4252 QualType rType = rex->getType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004253
Mike Stumpaf199f32009-05-07 18:43:07 +00004254 if (!lType->isFloatingType()
4255 && !(lType->isBlockPointerType() && isRelational)) {
Chris Lattner55660a72009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004256 // For non-floating point types, check for self-comparisons of the form
4257 // x == x, x != x, x < x, etc. These always evaluate to a constant, and
4258 // often indicate logic errors in the program.
Ted Kremenek9ecede72009-03-20 19:57:37 +00004259 // NOTE: Don't warn about comparisons of enum constants. These can arise
4260 // from macro expansions, and are usually quite deliberate.
Chris Lattner55660a72009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004261 Expr *LHSStripped = lex->IgnoreParens();
4262 Expr *RHSStripped = rex->IgnoreParens();
4263 if (DeclRefExpr* DRL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(LHSStripped))
4264 if (DeclRefExpr* DRR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(RHSStripped))
Ted Kremenekb82dcd82009-03-20 18:35:45 +00004265 if (DRL->getDecl() == DRR->getDecl() &&
4266 !isa<EnumConstantDecl>(DRL->getDecl()))
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004267 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_selfcomparison);
Chris Lattner55660a72009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004268
4269 if (isa<CastExpr>(LHSStripped))
4270 LHSStripped = LHSStripped->IgnoreParenCasts();
4271 if (isa<CastExpr>(RHSStripped))
4272 RHSStripped = RHSStripped->IgnoreParenCasts();
4273
4274 // Warn about comparisons against a string constant (unless the other
4275 // operand is null), the user probably wants strcmp.
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004276 Expr *literalString = 0;
4277 Expr *literalStringStripped = 0;
Chris Lattner55660a72009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004278 if ((isa<StringLiteral>(LHSStripped) || isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(LHSStripped)) &&
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004279 !RHSStripped->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
4280 literalString = lex;
4281 literalStringStripped = LHSStripped;
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +00004282 } else if ((isa<StringLiteral>(RHSStripped) ||
4283 isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(RHSStripped)) &&
4284 !LHSStripped->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004285 literalString = rex;
4286 literalStringStripped = RHSStripped;
4287 }
4288
4289 if (literalString) {
4290 std::string resultComparison;
4291 switch (Opc) {
4292 case BinaryOperator::LT: resultComparison = ") < 0"; break;
4293 case BinaryOperator::GT: resultComparison = ") > 0"; break;
4294 case BinaryOperator::LE: resultComparison = ") <= 0"; break;
4295 case BinaryOperator::GE: resultComparison = ") >= 0"; break;
4296 case BinaryOperator::EQ: resultComparison = ") == 0"; break;
4297 case BinaryOperator::NE: resultComparison = ") != 0"; break;
4298 default: assert(false && "Invalid comparison operator");
4299 }
4300 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_stringcompare)
4301 << isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(literalStringStripped)
4302 << literalString->getSourceRange()
Douglas Gregora3a83512009-04-01 23:51:29 +00004303 << CodeModificationHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(Loc), ", ")
4304 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(lex->getLocStart(),
4305 "strcmp(")
4306 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(
4307 PP.getLocForEndOfToken(rex->getLocEnd()),
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004308 resultComparison);
4309 }
Ted Kremenek3ca0bf22007-10-29 16:58:49 +00004310 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004311
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004312 // The result of comparisons is 'bool' in C++, 'int' in C.
Chris Lattner55660a72009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004313 QualType ResultTy = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus? Context.BoolTy :Context.IntTy;
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004314
Chris Lattnera5937dd2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004315 if (isRelational) {
4316 if (lType->isRealType() && rType->isRealType())
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004317 return ResultTy;
Chris Lattnera5937dd2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004318 } else {
Ted Kremenek72cb1ae2007-10-29 17:13:39 +00004319 // Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==.
Ted Kremenek72cb1ae2007-10-29 17:13:39 +00004320 if (lType->isFloatingType()) {
Chris Lattner55660a72009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004321 assert(rType->isFloatingType());
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004322 CheckFloatComparison(Loc,lex,rex);
Ted Kremenek6a261552007-10-29 16:40:01 +00004323 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004324
Chris Lattnera5937dd2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004325 if (lType->isArithmeticType() && rType->isArithmeticType())
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004326 return ResultTy;
Chris Lattnera5937dd2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004327 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004328
Chris Lattnerd28f8152007-08-26 01:10:14 +00004329 bool LHSIsNull = lex->isNullPointerConstant(Context);
4330 bool RHSIsNull = rex->isNullPointerConstant(Context);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004331
Chris Lattnera5937dd2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004332 // All of the following pointer related warnings are GCC extensions, except
4333 // when handling null pointer constants. One day, we can consider making them
4334 // errors (when -pedantic-errors is enabled).
Steve Naroff77878cc2007-08-27 04:08:11 +00004335 if (lType->isPointerType() && rType->isPointerType()) { // C99 6.5.8p2
Chris Lattnerbc896f52008-04-03 05:07:25 +00004336 QualType LCanPointeeTy =
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004337 Context.getCanonicalType(lType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType());
Chris Lattnerbc896f52008-04-03 05:07:25 +00004338 QualType RCanPointeeTy =
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004339 Context.getCanonicalType(rType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType());
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004340
Douglas Gregorf9334372009-07-06 20:14:23 +00004341 if (isRelational) {
4342 if (lType->isFunctionPointerType() || rType->isFunctionPointerType()) {
Chris Lattner149f1382009-06-30 06:24:05 +00004343 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_function_pointers)
4344 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4345 }
Douglas Gregorf9334372009-07-06 20:14:23 +00004346 if (LCanPointeeTy->isVoidType() != RCanPointeeTy->isVoidType()) {
4347 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
4348 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4349 }
4350 } else {
4351 if (lType->isFunctionPointerType() != rType->isFunctionPointerType()) {
4352 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull)
4353 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
4354 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4355 }
Chris Lattner149f1382009-06-30 06:24:05 +00004356 }
Douglas Gregorf9334372009-07-06 20:14:23 +00004357
Douglas Gregor0c6db942009-05-04 06:07:12 +00004358 // Simple check: if the pointee types are identical, we're done.
4359 if (LCanPointeeTy == RCanPointeeTy)
4360 return ResultTy;
4361
4362 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4363 // C++ [expr.rel]p2:
4364 // [...] Pointer conversions (4.10) and qualification
4365 // conversions (4.4) are performed on pointer operands (or on
4366 // a pointer operand and a null pointer constant) to bring
4367 // them to their composite pointer type. [...]
4368 //
4369 // C++ [expr.eq]p2 uses the same notion for (in)equality
4370 // comparisons of pointers.
Douglas Gregorde866f32009-05-05 04:50:50 +00004371 QualType T = FindCompositePointerType(lex, rex);
Douglas Gregor0c6db942009-05-04 06:07:12 +00004372 if (T.isNull()) {
4373 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
4374 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4375 return QualType();
4376 }
4377
4378 ImpCastExprToType(lex, T);
4379 ImpCastExprToType(rex, T);
4380 return ResultTy;
4381 }
4382
Steve Naroff66296cb2007-11-13 14:57:38 +00004383 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull && // C99 6.5.9p2
Chris Lattnerbc896f52008-04-03 05:07:25 +00004384 !LCanPointeeTy->isVoidType() && !RCanPointeeTy->isVoidType() &&
4385 !Context.typesAreCompatible(LCanPointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType(),
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004386 RCanPointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType())) {
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004387 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004388 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004389 }
Chris Lattner1e0a3902008-01-16 19:17:22 +00004390 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the pointer to pointer
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004391 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroffe77fd3c2007-08-16 21:48:38 +00004392 }
Sebastian Redl6e8ed162009-05-10 18:38:11 +00004393 // C++ allows comparison of pointers with null pointer constants.
4394 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4395 if (lType->isPointerType() && RHSIsNull) {
4396 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType);
4397 return ResultTy;
4398 }
4399 if (rType->isPointerType() && LHSIsNull) {
4400 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType);
4401 return ResultTy;
4402 }
4403 // And comparison of nullptr_t with itself.
4404 if (lType->isNullPtrType() && rType->isNullPtrType())
4405 return ResultTy;
4406 }
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004407 // Handle block pointer types.
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004408 if (!isRelational && lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()) {
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004409 QualType lpointee = lType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4410 QualType rpointee = rType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004411
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004412 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull &&
Eli Friedman26784c12009-06-08 05:08:54 +00004413 !Context.typesAreCompatible(lpointee, rpointee)) {
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004414 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_blocks)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004415 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004416 }
4417 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the pointer to pointer
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004418 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004419 }
Steve Naroff59f53942008-09-28 01:11:11 +00004420 // Allow block pointers to be compared with null pointer constants.
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004421 if (!isRelational
4422 && ((lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isPointerType())
4423 || (lType->isPointerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()))) {
Steve Naroff59f53942008-09-28 01:11:11 +00004424 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) {
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004425 if (!((rType->isPointerType() && rType->getAs<PointerType>()
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004426 ->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004427 || (lType->isPointerType() && lType->getAs<PointerType>()
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004428 ->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())))
4429 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_blocks)
4430 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff59f53942008-09-28 01:11:11 +00004431 }
4432 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the pointer to pointer
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004433 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff59f53942008-09-28 01:11:11 +00004434 }
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004435
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004436 if ((lType->isObjCObjectPointerType() || rType->isObjCObjectPointerType())) {
Steve Naroffa5ad8632008-10-27 10:33:19 +00004437 if (lType->isPointerType() || rType->isPointerType()) {
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004438 const PointerType *LPT = lType->getAs<PointerType>();
4439 const PointerType *RPT = rType->getAs<PointerType>();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004440 bool LPtrToVoid = LPT ?
Steve Naroffa8069f12008-11-17 19:49:16 +00004441 Context.getCanonicalType(LPT->getPointeeType())->isVoidType() : false;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004442 bool RPtrToVoid = RPT ?
Steve Naroffa8069f12008-11-17 19:49:16 +00004443 Context.getCanonicalType(RPT->getPointeeType())->isVoidType() : false;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004444
Steve Naroffa8069f12008-11-17 19:49:16 +00004445 if (!LPtrToVoid && !RPtrToVoid &&
4446 !Context.typesAreCompatible(lType, rType)) {
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004447 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004448 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroffa5ad8632008-10-27 10:33:19 +00004449 }
Daniel Dunbarc6cb77f2008-10-23 23:30:52 +00004450 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType);
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004451 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff87f3b932008-10-20 18:19:10 +00004452 }
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004453 if (lType->isObjCObjectPointerType() && rType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
4454 if (!Context.areComparableObjCPointerTypes(lType, rType)) {
4455 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
4456 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4457 }
Steve Naroff20373222008-06-03 14:04:54 +00004458 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType);
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004459 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff20373222008-06-03 14:04:54 +00004460 }
Fariborz Jahanian7359f042007-12-20 01:06:58 +00004461 }
Steve Naroff58f9f2c2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004462 if (lType->isAnyPointerType() && rType->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattner149f1382009-06-30 06:24:05 +00004463 if (isRelational)
4464 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_integer)
4465 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4466 else if (!RHSIsNull)
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004467 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004468 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner1e0a3902008-01-16 19:17:22 +00004469 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the integer to pointer
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004470 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroffe77fd3c2007-08-16 21:48:38 +00004471 }
Steve Naroff58f9f2c2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004472 if (lType->isIntegerType() && rType->isAnyPointerType()) {
Chris Lattner149f1382009-06-30 06:24:05 +00004473 if (isRelational)
4474 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_integer)
4475 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4476 else if (!LHSIsNull)
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004477 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004478 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner1e0a3902008-01-16 19:17:22 +00004479 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType); // promote the integer to pointer
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004480 return ResultTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004481 }
Steve Naroff39218df2008-09-04 16:56:14 +00004482 // Handle block pointers.
Mike Stumpaf199f32009-05-07 18:43:07 +00004483 if (!isRelational && RHSIsNull
4484 && lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isIntegerType()) {
Steve Naroff39218df2008-09-04 16:56:14 +00004485 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the integer to pointer
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004486 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff39218df2008-09-04 16:56:14 +00004487 }
Mike Stumpaf199f32009-05-07 18:43:07 +00004488 if (!isRelational && LHSIsNull
4489 && lType->isIntegerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff39218df2008-09-04 16:56:14 +00004490 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType); // promote the integer to pointer
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004491 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff39218df2008-09-04 16:56:14 +00004492 }
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004493 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004494}
4495
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004496/// CheckVectorCompareOperands - vector comparisons are a clang extension that
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004497/// operates on extended vector types. Instead of producing an IntTy result,
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004498/// like a scalar comparison, a vector comparison produces a vector of integer
4499/// types.
4500QualType Sema::CheckVectorCompareOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex,
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004501 SourceLocation Loc,
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004502 bool isRelational) {
4503 // Check to make sure we're operating on vectors of the same type and width,
4504 // Allowing one side to be a scalar of element type.
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004505 QualType vType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004506 if (vType.isNull())
4507 return vType;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004508
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004509 QualType lType = lex->getType();
4510 QualType rType = rex->getType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004511
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004512 // For non-floating point types, check for self-comparisons of the form
4513 // x == x, x != x, x < x, etc. These always evaluate to a constant, and
4514 // often indicate logic errors in the program.
4515 if (!lType->isFloatingType()) {
4516 if (DeclRefExpr* DRL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(lex->IgnoreParens()))
4517 if (DeclRefExpr* DRR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(rex->IgnoreParens()))
4518 if (DRL->getDecl() == DRR->getDecl())
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004519 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_selfcomparison);
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004520 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004521
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004522 // Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==.
4523 if (!isRelational && lType->isFloatingType()) {
4524 assert (rType->isFloatingType());
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004525 CheckFloatComparison(Loc,lex,rex);
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004526 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004527
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004528 // Return the type for the comparison, which is the same as vector type for
4529 // integer vectors, or an integer type of identical size and number of
4530 // elements for floating point vectors.
4531 if (lType->isIntegerType())
4532 return lType;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004533
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004534 const VectorType *VTy = lType->getAsVectorType();
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004535 unsigned TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(VTy->getElementType());
Nate Begeman59b5da62009-01-18 03:20:47 +00004536 if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy))
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004537 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.IntTy, VTy->getNumElements());
Chris Lattnerd013aa12009-03-31 07:46:52 +00004538 if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongTy))
Nate Begeman59b5da62009-01-18 03:20:47 +00004539 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.LongTy, VTy->getNumElements());
4540
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004541 assert(TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongLongTy) &&
Nate Begeman59b5da62009-01-18 03:20:47 +00004542 "Unhandled vector element size in vector compare");
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004543 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.LongLongTy, VTy->getNumElements());
4544}
4545
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004546inline QualType Sema::CheckBitwiseOperands(
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004547 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign)
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004548{
Steve Naroff3e5e5562007-07-16 22:23:01 +00004549 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004550 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Steve Naroff90045e82007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004551
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004552 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004553
Steve Naroffa4332e22007-07-17 00:58:39 +00004554 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004555 return compType;
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004556 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004557}
4558
4559inline QualType Sema::CheckLogicalOperands( // C99 6.5.[13,14]
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004560 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc)
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004561{
Steve Naroffc80b4ee2007-07-16 21:54:35 +00004562 UsualUnaryConversions(lex);
4563 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004564
Eli Friedman5773a6c2008-05-13 20:16:47 +00004565 if (lex->getType()->isScalarType() && rex->getType()->isScalarType())
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004566 return Context.IntTy;
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004567 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004568}
4569
Fariborz Jahaniand1fa6442009-01-12 19:55:42 +00004570/// IsReadonlyProperty - Verify that otherwise a valid l-value expression
4571/// is a read-only property; return true if so. A readonly property expression
4572/// depends on various declarations and thus must be treated specially.
4573///
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004574static bool IsReadonlyProperty(Expr *E, Sema &S)
Fariborz Jahaniand1fa6442009-01-12 19:55:42 +00004575{
4576 if (E->getStmtClass() == Expr::ObjCPropertyRefExprClass) {
4577 const ObjCPropertyRefExpr* PropExpr = cast<ObjCPropertyRefExpr>(E);
4578 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PDecl = PropExpr->getProperty()) {
4579 QualType BaseType = PropExpr->getBase()->getType();
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004580 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT =
4581 BaseType->getAsObjCInterfacePointerType())
4582 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = OPT->getInterfaceDecl())
4583 if (S.isPropertyReadonly(PDecl, IFace))
4584 return true;
Fariborz Jahaniand1fa6442009-01-12 19:55:42 +00004585 }
4586 }
4587 return false;
4588}
4589
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004590/// CheckForModifiableLvalue - Verify that E is a modifiable lvalue. If not,
4591/// emit an error and return true. If so, return false.
4592static bool CheckForModifiableLvalue(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc, Sema &S) {
Daniel Dunbar44e35f72009-04-15 00:08:05 +00004593 SourceLocation OrigLoc = Loc;
4594 Expr::isModifiableLvalueResult IsLV = E->isModifiableLvalue(S.Context,
4595 &Loc);
Fariborz Jahaniand1fa6442009-01-12 19:55:42 +00004596 if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_Valid && IsReadonlyProperty(E, S))
4597 IsLV = Expr::MLV_ReadonlyProperty;
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004598 if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_Valid)
4599 return false;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004600
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004601 unsigned Diag = 0;
4602 bool NeedType = false;
4603 switch (IsLV) { // C99 6.5.16p2
4604 default: assert(0 && "Unknown result from isModifiableLvalue!");
4605 case Expr::MLV_ConstQualified: Diag = diag::err_typecheck_assign_const; break;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004606 case Expr::MLV_ArrayType:
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004607 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_array_not_modifiable_lvalue;
4608 NeedType = true;
4609 break;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004610 case Expr::MLV_NotObjectType:
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004611 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_non_object_not_modifiable_lvalue;
4612 NeedType = true;
4613 break;
Chris Lattnerca354fa2008-11-17 19:51:54 +00004614 case Expr::MLV_LValueCast:
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004615 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_lvalue_casts_not_supported;
4616 break;
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004617 case Expr::MLV_InvalidExpression:
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004618 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_expression_not_modifiable_lvalue;
4619 break;
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004620 case Expr::MLV_IncompleteType:
4621 case Expr::MLV_IncompleteVoidType:
Douglas Gregor86447ec2009-03-09 16:13:40 +00004622 return S.RequireCompleteType(Loc, E->getType(),
Douglas Gregor4ec339f2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00004623 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_type_not_modifiable_lvalue,
4624 E->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004625 case Expr::MLV_DuplicateVectorComponents:
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004626 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_duplicate_vector_components_not_mlvalue;
4627 break;
Steve Naroff4f6a7d72008-09-26 14:41:28 +00004628 case Expr::MLV_NotBlockQualified:
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004629 Diag = diag::err_block_decl_ref_not_modifiable_lvalue;
4630 break;
Fariborz Jahanian5daf5702008-11-22 18:39:36 +00004631 case Expr::MLV_ReadonlyProperty:
4632 Diag = diag::error_readonly_property_assignment;
4633 break;
Fariborz Jahanianba8d2d62008-11-22 20:25:50 +00004634 case Expr::MLV_NoSetterProperty:
4635 Diag = diag::error_nosetter_property_assignment;
4636 break;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004637 }
Steve Naroffd1861fd2007-07-31 12:34:36 +00004638
Daniel Dunbar44e35f72009-04-15 00:08:05 +00004639 SourceRange Assign;
4640 if (Loc != OrigLoc)
4641 Assign = SourceRange(OrigLoc, OrigLoc);
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004642 if (NeedType)
Daniel Dunbar44e35f72009-04-15 00:08:05 +00004643 S.Diag(Loc, Diag) << E->getType() << E->getSourceRange() << Assign;
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004644 else
Daniel Dunbar44e35f72009-04-15 00:08:05 +00004645 S.Diag(Loc, Diag) << E->getSourceRange() << Assign;
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004646 return true;
4647}
4648
4649
4650
4651// C99 6.5.16.1
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004652QualType Sema::CheckAssignmentOperands(Expr *LHS, Expr *&RHS,
4653 SourceLocation Loc,
4654 QualType CompoundType) {
4655 // Verify that LHS is a modifiable lvalue, and emit error if not.
4656 if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(LHS, Loc, *this))
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004657 return QualType();
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004658
4659 QualType LHSType = LHS->getType();
4660 QualType RHSType = CompoundType.isNull() ? RHS->getType() : CompoundType;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004661
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004662 AssignConvertType ConvTy;
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004663 if (CompoundType.isNull()) {
Chris Lattner2c156472008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004664 // Simple assignment "x = y".
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004665 ConvTy = CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(LHSType, RHS);
Fariborz Jahanianfa23c1d2009-01-13 23:34:40 +00004666 // Special case of NSObject attributes on c-style pointer types.
4667 if (ConvTy == IncompatiblePointer &&
4668 ((Context.isObjCNSObjectType(LHSType) &&
Steve Narofff4954562009-07-16 15:41:00 +00004669 RHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) ||
Fariborz Jahanianfa23c1d2009-01-13 23:34:40 +00004670 (Context.isObjCNSObjectType(RHSType) &&
Steve Narofff4954562009-07-16 15:41:00 +00004671 LHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType())))
Fariborz Jahanianfa23c1d2009-01-13 23:34:40 +00004672 ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004673
Chris Lattner2c156472008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004674 // If the RHS is a unary plus or minus, check to see if they = and + are
4675 // right next to each other. If so, the user may have typo'd "x =+ 4"
4676 // instead of "x += 4".
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004677 Expr *RHSCheck = RHS;
Chris Lattner2c156472008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004678 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(RHSCheck))
4679 RHSCheck = ICE->getSubExpr();
4680 if (UnaryOperator *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(RHSCheck)) {
4681 if ((UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Plus ||
4682 UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Minus) &&
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004683 Loc.isFileID() && UO->getOperatorLoc().isFileID() &&
Chris Lattner2c156472008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004684 // Only if the two operators are exactly adjacent.
Chris Lattner399bd1b2009-03-08 06:51:10 +00004685 Loc.getFileLocWithOffset(1) == UO->getOperatorLoc() &&
4686 // And there is a space or other character before the subexpr of the
4687 // unary +/-. We don't want to warn on "x=-1".
Chris Lattner3e872092009-03-09 07:11:10 +00004688 Loc.getFileLocWithOffset(2) != UO->getSubExpr()->getLocStart() &&
4689 UO->getSubExpr()->getLocStart().isFileID()) {
Chris Lattnerd3a94e22008-11-20 06:06:08 +00004690 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_compound_assign)
4691 << (UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Plus ? "+" : "-")
4692 << SourceRange(UO->getOperatorLoc(), UO->getOperatorLoc());
Chris Lattner399bd1b2009-03-08 06:51:10 +00004693 }
Chris Lattner2c156472008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004694 }
4695 } else {
4696 // Compound assignment "x += y"
Eli Friedman623712b2009-05-16 05:56:02 +00004697 ConvTy = CheckAssignmentConstraints(LHSType, RHSType);
Chris Lattner2c156472008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004698 }
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004699
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004700 if (DiagnoseAssignmentResult(ConvTy, Loc, LHSType, RHSType,
4701 RHS, "assigning"))
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004702 return QualType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004703
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004704 // C99 6.5.16p3: The type of an assignment expression is the type of the
4705 // left operand unless the left operand has qualified type, in which case
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004706 // it is the unqualified version of the type of the left operand.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004707 // C99 6.5.16.1p2: In simple assignment, the value of the right operand
4708 // is converted to the type of the assignment expression (above).
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00004709 // C++ 5.17p1: the type of the assignment expression is that of its left
Douglas Gregor2d833e32009-05-02 00:36:19 +00004710 // operand.
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004711 return LHSType.getUnqualifiedType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004712}
4713
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004714// C99 6.5.17
4715QualType Sema::CheckCommaOperands(Expr *LHS, Expr *&RHS, SourceLocation Loc) {
Chris Lattner53fcaa92008-07-25 20:54:07 +00004716 // Comma performs lvalue conversion (C99 6.3.2.1), but not unary conversions.
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004717 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(RHS);
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00004718
4719 // FIXME: Check that RHS type is complete in C mode (it's legal for it to be
4720 // incomplete in C++).
4721
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004722 return RHS->getType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004723}
4724
Steve Naroff49b45262007-07-13 16:58:59 +00004725/// CheckIncrementDecrementOperand - unlike most "Check" methods, this routine
4726/// doesn't need to call UsualUnaryConversions or UsualArithmeticConversions.
Sebastian Redle6d5a4a2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00004727QualType Sema::CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Expr *Op, SourceLocation OpLoc,
4728 bool isInc) {
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004729 if (Op->isTypeDependent())
4730 return Context.DependentTy;
4731
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004732 QualType ResType = Op->getType();
4733 assert(!ResType.isNull() && "no type for increment/decrement expression");
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004734
Sebastian Redle6d5a4a2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00004735 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && ResType->isBooleanType()) {
4736 // Decrement of bool is not allowed.
4737 if (!isInc) {
4738 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_decrement_bool) << Op->getSourceRange();
4739 return QualType();
4740 }
4741 // Increment of bool sets it to true, but is deprecated.
4742 Diag(OpLoc, diag::warn_increment_bool) << Op->getSourceRange();
4743 } else if (ResType->isRealType()) {
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004744 // OK!
Steve Naroff58f9f2c2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004745 } else if (ResType->isAnyPointerType()) {
4746 QualType PointeeTy = ResType->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004747
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004748 // C99 6.5.2.4p2, 6.5.6p2
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004749 if (PointeeTy->isVoidType()) {
Douglas Gregorc983b862009-01-23 00:36:41 +00004750 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4751 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
4752 << Op->getSourceRange();
4753 return QualType();
4754 }
4755
4756 // Pointer to void is a GNU extension in C.
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004757 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr) << Op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004758 } else if (PointeeTy->isFunctionType()) {
Douglas Gregorc983b862009-01-23 00:36:41 +00004759 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4760 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
4761 << Op->getType() << Op->getSourceRange();
4762 return QualType();
4763 }
4764
4765 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004766 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004767 } else if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, PointeeTy,
Douglas Gregor8dcb29d2009-03-24 20:13:58 +00004768 diag::err_typecheck_arithmetic_incomplete_type,
4769 Op->getSourceRange(), SourceRange(),
4770 ResType))
Douglas Gregor4ec339f2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00004771 return QualType();
Fariborz Jahanian9f8a04f2009-07-16 17:59:14 +00004772 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
4773 else if (PointeeTy->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
4774 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
4775 << PointeeTy << Op->getSourceRange();
4776 return QualType();
4777 }
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004778 } else if (ResType->isComplexType()) {
4779 // C99 does not support ++/-- on complex types, we allow as an extension.
4780 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_integer_increment_complex)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004781 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004782 } else {
4783 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_illegal_increment_decrement)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004784 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004785 return QualType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004786 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004787 // At this point, we know we have a real, complex or pointer type.
Steve Naroffdd10e022007-08-23 21:37:33 +00004788 // Now make sure the operand is a modifiable lvalue.
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004789 if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(Op, OpLoc, *this))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004790 return QualType();
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004791 return ResType;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004792}
4793
Anders Carlsson369dee42008-02-01 07:15:58 +00004794/// getPrimaryDecl - Helper function for CheckAddressOfOperand().
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004795/// This routine allows us to typecheck complex/recursive expressions
Daniel Dunbar1e76ce62008-08-04 20:02:37 +00004796/// where the declaration is needed for type checking. We only need to
4797/// handle cases when the expression references a function designator
4798/// or is an lvalue. Here are some examples:
4799/// - &(x) => x
4800/// - &*****f => f for f a function designator.
4801/// - &s.xx => s
4802/// - &s.zz[1].yy -> s, if zz is an array
4803/// - *(x + 1) -> x, if x is an array
4804/// - &"123"[2] -> 0
4805/// - & __real__ x -> x
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004806static NamedDecl *getPrimaryDecl(Expr *E) {
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00004807 switch (E->getStmtClass()) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004808 case Stmt::DeclRefExprClass:
Douglas Gregor1a49af92009-01-06 05:10:23 +00004809 case Stmt::QualifiedDeclRefExprClass:
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00004810 return cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)->getDecl();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004811 case Stmt::MemberExprClass:
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004812 // If this is an arrow operator, the address is an offset from
4813 // the base's value, so the object the base refers to is
4814 // irrelevant.
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00004815 if (cast<MemberExpr>(E)->isArrow())
Chris Lattnerf82228f2007-11-16 17:46:48 +00004816 return 0;
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004817 // Otherwise, the expression refers to a part of the base
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00004818 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<MemberExpr>(E)->getBase());
Anders Carlsson369dee42008-02-01 07:15:58 +00004819 case Stmt::ArraySubscriptExprClass: {
Mike Stump390b4cc2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00004820 // FIXME: This code shouldn't be necessary! We should catch the implicit
4821 // promotion of register arrays earlier.
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004822 Expr* Base = cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(E)->getBase();
4823 if (ImplicitCastExpr* ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(Base)) {
4824 if (ICE->getSubExpr()->getType()->isArrayType())
4825 return getPrimaryDecl(ICE->getSubExpr());
4826 }
4827 return 0;
Anders Carlsson369dee42008-02-01 07:15:58 +00004828 }
Daniel Dunbar1e76ce62008-08-04 20:02:37 +00004829 case Stmt::UnaryOperatorClass: {
4830 UnaryOperator *UO = cast<UnaryOperator>(E);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004831
Daniel Dunbar1e76ce62008-08-04 20:02:37 +00004832 switch(UO->getOpcode()) {
Daniel Dunbar1e76ce62008-08-04 20:02:37 +00004833 case UnaryOperator::Real:
4834 case UnaryOperator::Imag:
4835 case UnaryOperator::Extension:
4836 return getPrimaryDecl(UO->getSubExpr());
4837 default:
4838 return 0;
4839 }
4840 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004841 case Stmt::ParenExprClass:
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00004842 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<ParenExpr>(E)->getSubExpr());
Chris Lattnerf82228f2007-11-16 17:46:48 +00004843 case Stmt::ImplicitCastExprClass:
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004844 // If the result of an implicit cast is an l-value, we care about
4845 // the sub-expression; otherwise, the result here doesn't matter.
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00004846 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)->getSubExpr());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004847 default:
4848 return 0;
4849 }
4850}
4851
4852/// CheckAddressOfOperand - The operand of & must be either a function
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004853/// designator or an lvalue designating an object. If it is an lvalue, the
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004854/// object cannot be declared with storage class register or be a bit field.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004855/// Note: The usual conversions are *not* applied to the operand of the &
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004856/// operator (C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4]), and its result is never an lvalue.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004857/// In C++, the operand might be an overloaded function name, in which case
Douglas Gregor904eed32008-11-10 20:40:00 +00004858/// we allow the '&' but retain the overloaded-function type.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004859QualType Sema::CheckAddressOfOperand(Expr *op, SourceLocation OpLoc) {
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004860 // Make sure to ignore parentheses in subsequent checks
4861 op = op->IgnoreParens();
4862
Douglas Gregor9103bb22008-12-17 22:52:20 +00004863 if (op->isTypeDependent())
4864 return Context.DependentTy;
4865
Steve Naroff08f19672008-01-13 17:10:08 +00004866 if (getLangOptions().C99) {
4867 // Implement C99-only parts of addressof rules.
4868 if (UnaryOperator* uOp = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(op)) {
4869 if (uOp->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Deref)
4870 // Per C99 6.5.3.2, the address of a deref always returns a valid result
4871 // (assuming the deref expression is valid).
4872 return uOp->getSubExpr()->getType();
4873 }
4874 // Technically, there should be a check for array subscript
4875 // expressions here, but the result of one is always an lvalue anyway.
4876 }
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004877 NamedDecl *dcl = getPrimaryDecl(op);
Chris Lattner28be73f2008-07-26 21:30:36 +00004878 Expr::isLvalueResult lval = op->isLvalue(Context);
Nuno Lopes6b6609f2008-12-16 22:59:47 +00004879
Eli Friedman441cf102009-05-16 23:27:50 +00004880 if (lval != Expr::LV_Valid && lval != Expr::LV_IncompleteVoidType) {
4881 // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004882 // The operand must be either an l-value or a function designator
Eli Friedman441cf102009-05-16 23:27:50 +00004883 if (!op->getType()->isFunctionType()) {
Chris Lattnerf82228f2007-11-16 17:46:48 +00004884 // FIXME: emit more specific diag...
Chris Lattnerdcd5ef12008-11-19 05:27:50 +00004885 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_lvalue_addrof)
4886 << op->getSourceRange();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004887 return QualType();
4888 }
Douglas Gregor33bbbc52009-05-02 02:18:30 +00004889 } else if (op->getBitField()) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004890 // The operand cannot be a bit-field
4891 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
4892 << "bit-field" << op->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor86f19402008-12-20 23:49:58 +00004893 return QualType();
Nate Begemanb104b1f2009-02-15 22:45:20 +00004894 } else if (isa<ExtVectorElementExpr>(op) || (isa<ArraySubscriptExpr>(op) &&
4895 cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(op)->getBase()->getType()->isVectorType())){
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004896 // The operand cannot be an element of a vector
Chris Lattnerd3a94e22008-11-20 06:06:08 +00004897 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
Nate Begemanb104b1f2009-02-15 22:45:20 +00004898 << "vector element" << op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroffbcb2b612008-02-29 23:30:25 +00004899 return QualType();
Fariborz Jahanian0337f212009-07-07 18:50:52 +00004900 } else if (isa<ObjCPropertyRefExpr>(op)) {
4901 // cannot take address of a property expression.
4902 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
4903 << "property expression" << op->getSourceRange();
4904 return QualType();
Steve Naroffbcb2b612008-02-29 23:30:25 +00004905 } else if (dcl) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004906 // We have an lvalue with a decl. Make sure the decl is not declared
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004907 // with the register storage-class specifier.
4908 if (const VarDecl *vd = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(dcl)) {
4909 if (vd->getStorageClass() == VarDecl::Register) {
Chris Lattnerd3a94e22008-11-20 06:06:08 +00004910 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
4911 << "register variable" << op->getSourceRange();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004912 return QualType();
4913 }
Douglas Gregor83314aa2009-07-08 20:55:45 +00004914 } else if (isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(dcl) ||
4915 isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) {
Douglas Gregor904eed32008-11-10 20:40:00 +00004916 return Context.OverloadTy;
Anders Carlssonf9e48bd2009-07-08 21:45:58 +00004917 } else if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(dcl)) {
Douglas Gregor29882052008-12-10 21:26:49 +00004918 // Okay: we can take the address of a field.
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +00004919 // Could be a pointer to member, though, if there is an explicit
4920 // scope qualifier for the class.
4921 if (isa<QualifiedDeclRefExpr>(op)) {
4922 DeclContext *Ctx = dcl->getDeclContext();
Anders Carlssonf9e48bd2009-07-08 21:45:58 +00004923 if (Ctx && Ctx->isRecord()) {
4924 if (FD->getType()->isReferenceType()) {
4925 Diag(OpLoc,
4926 diag::err_cannot_form_pointer_to_member_of_reference_type)
4927 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType();
4928 return QualType();
4929 }
4930
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +00004931 return Context.getMemberPointerType(op->getType(),
4932 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)).getTypePtr());
Anders Carlssonf9e48bd2009-07-08 21:45:58 +00004933 }
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +00004934 }
Anders Carlsson196f7d02009-05-16 21:43:42 +00004935 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(dcl)) {
Nuno Lopes6fea8d22008-12-16 22:58:26 +00004936 // Okay: we can take the address of a function.
Sebastian Redl33b399a2009-02-04 21:23:32 +00004937 // As above.
Anders Carlsson196f7d02009-05-16 21:43:42 +00004938 if (isa<QualifiedDeclRefExpr>(op) && MD->isInstance())
4939 return Context.getMemberPointerType(op->getType(),
4940 Context.getTypeDeclType(MD->getParent()).getTypePtr());
4941 } else if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(dcl))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004942 assert(0 && "Unknown/unexpected decl type");
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004943 }
Sebastian Redl33b399a2009-02-04 21:23:32 +00004944
Eli Friedman441cf102009-05-16 23:27:50 +00004945 if (lval == Expr::LV_IncompleteVoidType) {
4946 // Taking the address of a void variable is technically illegal, but we
4947 // allow it in cases which are otherwise valid.
4948 // Example: "extern void x; void* y = &x;".
4949 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_typecheck_addrof_void) << op->getSourceRange();
4950 }
4951
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004952 // If the operand has type "type", the result has type "pointer to type".
4953 return Context.getPointerType(op->getType());
4954}
4955
Chris Lattner22caddc2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00004956QualType Sema::CheckIndirectionOperand(Expr *Op, SourceLocation OpLoc) {
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004957 if (Op->isTypeDependent())
4958 return Context.DependentTy;
4959
Chris Lattner22caddc2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00004960 UsualUnaryConversions(Op);
4961 QualType Ty = Op->getType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004962
Chris Lattner22caddc2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00004963 // Note that per both C89 and C99, this is always legal, even if ptype is an
4964 // incomplete type or void. It would be possible to warn about dereferencing
4965 // a void pointer, but it's completely well-defined, and such a warning is
4966 // unlikely to catch any mistakes.
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004967 if (const PointerType *PT = Ty->getAs<PointerType>())
Steve Naroff08f19672008-01-13 17:10:08 +00004968 return PT->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004969
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004970 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = Ty->getAsObjCObjectPointerType())
4971 return OPT->getPointeeType();
4972
Chris Lattnerd3a94e22008-11-20 06:06:08 +00004973 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_indirection_requires_pointer)
Chris Lattner22caddc2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00004974 << Ty << Op->getSourceRange();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004975 return QualType();
4976}
4977
4978static inline BinaryOperator::Opcode ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(
4979 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
4980 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
4981 switch (Kind) {
4982 default: assert(0 && "Unknown binop!");
Sebastian Redl22460502009-02-07 00:15:38 +00004983 case tok::periodstar: Opc = BinaryOperator::PtrMemD; break;
4984 case tok::arrowstar: Opc = BinaryOperator::PtrMemI; break;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004985 case tok::star: Opc = BinaryOperator::Mul; break;
4986 case tok::slash: Opc = BinaryOperator::Div; break;
4987 case tok::percent: Opc = BinaryOperator::Rem; break;
4988 case tok::plus: Opc = BinaryOperator::Add; break;
4989 case tok::minus: Opc = BinaryOperator::Sub; break;
4990 case tok::lessless: Opc = BinaryOperator::Shl; break;
4991 case tok::greatergreater: Opc = BinaryOperator::Shr; break;
4992 case tok::lessequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::LE; break;
4993 case tok::less: Opc = BinaryOperator::LT; break;
4994 case tok::greaterequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::GE; break;
4995 case tok::greater: Opc = BinaryOperator::GT; break;
4996 case tok::exclaimequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::NE; break;
4997 case tok::equalequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::EQ; break;
4998 case tok::amp: Opc = BinaryOperator::And; break;
4999 case tok::caret: Opc = BinaryOperator::Xor; break;
5000 case tok::pipe: Opc = BinaryOperator::Or; break;
5001 case tok::ampamp: Opc = BinaryOperator::LAnd; break;
5002 case tok::pipepipe: Opc = BinaryOperator::LOr; break;
5003 case tok::equal: Opc = BinaryOperator::Assign; break;
5004 case tok::starequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::MulAssign; break;
5005 case tok::slashequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::DivAssign; break;
5006 case tok::percentequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::RemAssign; break;
5007 case tok::plusequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::AddAssign; break;
5008 case tok::minusequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::SubAssign; break;
5009 case tok::lesslessequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::ShlAssign; break;
5010 case tok::greatergreaterequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::ShrAssign; break;
5011 case tok::ampequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::AndAssign; break;
5012 case tok::caretequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::XorAssign; break;
5013 case tok::pipeequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::OrAssign; break;
5014 case tok::comma: Opc = BinaryOperator::Comma; break;
5015 }
5016 return Opc;
5017}
5018
5019static inline UnaryOperator::Opcode ConvertTokenKindToUnaryOpcode(
5020 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
5021 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
5022 switch (Kind) {
5023 default: assert(0 && "Unknown unary op!");
5024 case tok::plusplus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PreInc; break;
5025 case tok::minusminus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PreDec; break;
5026 case tok::amp: Opc = UnaryOperator::AddrOf; break;
5027 case tok::star: Opc = UnaryOperator::Deref; break;
5028 case tok::plus: Opc = UnaryOperator::Plus; break;
5029 case tok::minus: Opc = UnaryOperator::Minus; break;
5030 case tok::tilde: Opc = UnaryOperator::Not; break;
5031 case tok::exclaim: Opc = UnaryOperator::LNot; break;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005032 case tok::kw___real: Opc = UnaryOperator::Real; break;
5033 case tok::kw___imag: Opc = UnaryOperator::Imag; break;
5034 case tok::kw___extension__: Opc = UnaryOperator::Extension; break;
5035 }
5036 return Opc;
5037}
5038
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005039/// CreateBuiltinBinOp - Creates a new built-in binary operation with
5040/// operator @p Opc at location @c TokLoc. This routine only supports
5041/// built-in operations; ActOnBinOp handles overloaded operators.
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00005042Action::OwningExprResult Sema::CreateBuiltinBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
5043 unsigned Op,
5044 Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs) {
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005045 QualType ResultTy; // Result type of the binary operator.
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005046 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = (BinaryOperator::Opcode)Op;
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005047 // The following two variables are used for compound assignment operators
5048 QualType CompLHSTy; // Type of LHS after promotions for computation
5049 QualType CompResultTy; // Type of computation result
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005050
5051 switch (Opc) {
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005052 case BinaryOperator::Assign:
5053 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, QualType());
5054 break;
Sebastian Redl22460502009-02-07 00:15:38 +00005055 case BinaryOperator::PtrMemD:
5056 case BinaryOperator::PtrMemI:
5057 ResultTy = CheckPointerToMemberOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc,
5058 Opc == BinaryOperator::PtrMemI);
5059 break;
5060 case BinaryOperator::Mul:
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005061 case BinaryOperator::Div:
5062 ResultTy = CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5063 break;
5064 case BinaryOperator::Rem:
5065 ResultTy = CheckRemainderOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5066 break;
5067 case BinaryOperator::Add:
5068 ResultTy = CheckAdditionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5069 break;
5070 case BinaryOperator::Sub:
5071 ResultTy = CheckSubtractionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5072 break;
Sebastian Redl22460502009-02-07 00:15:38 +00005073 case BinaryOperator::Shl:
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005074 case BinaryOperator::Shr:
5075 ResultTy = CheckShiftOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5076 break;
5077 case BinaryOperator::LE:
5078 case BinaryOperator::LT:
5079 case BinaryOperator::GE:
5080 case BinaryOperator::GT:
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00005081 ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, Opc, true);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005082 break;
5083 case BinaryOperator::EQ:
5084 case BinaryOperator::NE:
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00005085 ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, Opc, false);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005086 break;
5087 case BinaryOperator::And:
5088 case BinaryOperator::Xor:
5089 case BinaryOperator::Or:
5090 ResultTy = CheckBitwiseOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5091 break;
5092 case BinaryOperator::LAnd:
5093 case BinaryOperator::LOr:
5094 ResultTy = CheckLogicalOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5095 break;
5096 case BinaryOperator::MulAssign:
5097 case BinaryOperator::DivAssign:
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005098 CompResultTy = CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
5099 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
5100 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
5101 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005102 break;
5103 case BinaryOperator::RemAssign:
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005104 CompResultTy = CheckRemainderOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
5105 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
5106 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
5107 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005108 break;
5109 case BinaryOperator::AddAssign:
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005110 CompResultTy = CheckAdditionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, &CompLHSTy);
5111 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
5112 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005113 break;
5114 case BinaryOperator::SubAssign:
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005115 CompResultTy = CheckSubtractionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, &CompLHSTy);
5116 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
5117 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005118 break;
5119 case BinaryOperator::ShlAssign:
5120 case BinaryOperator::ShrAssign:
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005121 CompResultTy = CheckShiftOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
5122 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
5123 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
5124 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005125 break;
5126 case BinaryOperator::AndAssign:
5127 case BinaryOperator::XorAssign:
5128 case BinaryOperator::OrAssign:
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005129 CompResultTy = CheckBitwiseOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
5130 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
5131 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
5132 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005133 break;
5134 case BinaryOperator::Comma:
5135 ResultTy = CheckCommaOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5136 break;
5137 }
5138 if (ResultTy.isNull())
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00005139 return ExprError();
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005140 if (CompResultTy.isNull())
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00005141 return Owned(new (Context) BinaryOperator(lhs, rhs, Opc, ResultTy, OpLoc));
5142 else
5143 return Owned(new (Context) CompoundAssignOperator(lhs, rhs, Opc, ResultTy,
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005144 CompLHSTy, CompResultTy,
5145 OpLoc));
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005146}
5147
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005148// Binary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator.
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00005149Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation TokLoc,
5150 tok::TokenKind Kind,
5151 ExprArg LHS, ExprArg RHS) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005152 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(Kind);
Anders Carlssone9146f22009-05-01 19:49:17 +00005153 Expr *lhs = LHS.takeAs<Expr>(), *rhs = RHS.takeAs<Expr>();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005154
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +00005155 assert((lhs != 0) && "ActOnBinOp(): missing left expression");
5156 assert((rhs != 0) && "ActOnBinOp(): missing right expression");
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005157
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005158 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
5159 (lhs->getType()->isOverloadableType() ||
5160 rhs->getType()->isOverloadableType())) {
5161 // Find all of the overloaded operators visible from this
5162 // point. We perform both an operator-name lookup from the local
5163 // scope and an argument-dependent lookup based on the types of
5164 // the arguments.
Douglas Gregor3fd95ce2009-03-13 00:33:25 +00005165 FunctionSet Functions;
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005166 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp = BinaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
5167 if (OverOp != OO_None) {
5168 LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverOp, S, lhs->getType(), rhs->getType(),
5169 Functions);
5170 Expr *Args[2] = { lhs, rhs };
5171 DeclarationName OpName
5172 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OverOp);
5173 ArgumentDependentLookup(OpName, Args, 2, Functions);
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00005174 }
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00005175
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005176 // Build the (potentially-overloaded, potentially-dependent)
5177 // binary operation.
5178 return CreateOverloadedBinOp(TokLoc, Opc, Functions, lhs, rhs);
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00005179 }
5180
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005181 // Build a built-in binary operation.
5182 return CreateBuiltinBinOp(TokLoc, Opc, lhs, rhs);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005183}
5184
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005185Action::OwningExprResult Sema::CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
5186 unsigned OpcIn,
5187 ExprArg InputArg) {
5188 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc = static_cast<UnaryOperator::Opcode>(OpcIn);
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00005189
Mike Stump390b4cc2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00005190 // FIXME: Input is modified below, but InputArg is not updated appropriately.
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005191 Expr *Input = (Expr *)InputArg.get();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005192 QualType resultType;
5193 switch (Opc) {
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005194 case UnaryOperator::OffsetOf:
5195 assert(false && "Invalid unary operator");
5196 break;
5197
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005198 case UnaryOperator::PreInc:
5199 case UnaryOperator::PreDec:
Eli Friedmande99a452009-07-22 22:25:00 +00005200 case UnaryOperator::PostInc:
5201 case UnaryOperator::PostDec:
Sebastian Redle6d5a4a2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00005202 resultType = CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Input, OpLoc,
Eli Friedmande99a452009-07-22 22:25:00 +00005203 Opc == UnaryOperator::PreInc ||
5204 Opc == UnaryOperator::PostInc);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005205 break;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005206 case UnaryOperator::AddrOf:
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005207 resultType = CheckAddressOfOperand(Input, OpLoc);
5208 break;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005209 case UnaryOperator::Deref:
Steve Naroff1ca9b112007-12-18 04:06:57 +00005210 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Input);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005211 resultType = CheckIndirectionOperand(Input, OpLoc);
5212 break;
5213 case UnaryOperator::Plus:
5214 case UnaryOperator::Minus:
Steve Naroffc80b4ee2007-07-16 21:54:35 +00005215 UsualUnaryConversions(Input);
5216 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005217 if (resultType->isDependentType())
5218 break;
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00005219 if (resultType->isArithmeticType()) // C99 6.5.3.3p1
5220 break;
5221 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && // C++ [expr.unary.op]p6-7
5222 resultType->isEnumeralType())
5223 break;
5224 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && // C++ [expr.unary.op]p6
5225 Opc == UnaryOperator::Plus &&
5226 resultType->isPointerType())
5227 break;
5228
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00005229 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
5230 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005231 case UnaryOperator::Not: // bitwise complement
Steve Naroffc80b4ee2007-07-16 21:54:35 +00005232 UsualUnaryConversions(Input);
5233 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005234 if (resultType->isDependentType())
5235 break;
Chris Lattner02a65142008-07-25 23:52:49 +00005236 // C99 6.5.3.3p1. We allow complex int and float as a GCC extension.
5237 if (resultType->isComplexType() || resultType->isComplexIntegerType())
5238 // C99 does not support '~' for complex conjugation.
Chris Lattnerd3a94e22008-11-20 06:06:08 +00005239 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_integer_complement_complex)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005240 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner02a65142008-07-25 23:52:49 +00005241 else if (!resultType->isIntegerType())
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00005242 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
5243 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005244 break;
5245 case UnaryOperator::LNot: // logical negation
5246 // Unlike +/-/~, integer promotions aren't done here (C99 6.5.3.3p5).
Steve Naroffc80b4ee2007-07-16 21:54:35 +00005247 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Input);
5248 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005249 if (resultType->isDependentType())
5250 break;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005251 if (!resultType->isScalarType()) // C99 6.5.3.3p1
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00005252 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
5253 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005254 // LNot always has type int. C99 6.5.3.3p5.
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00005255 // In C++, it's bool. C++ 5.3.1p8
5256 resultType = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ? Context.BoolTy : Context.IntTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005257 break;
Chris Lattnerdbb36972007-08-24 21:16:53 +00005258 case UnaryOperator::Real:
Chris Lattnerdbb36972007-08-24 21:16:53 +00005259 case UnaryOperator::Imag:
Chris Lattnerba27e2a2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00005260 resultType = CheckRealImagOperand(Input, OpLoc, Opc == UnaryOperator::Real);
Chris Lattnerdbb36972007-08-24 21:16:53 +00005261 break;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005262 case UnaryOperator::Extension:
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005263 resultType = Input->getType();
5264 break;
5265 }
5266 if (resultType.isNull())
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00005267 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005268
5269 InputArg.release();
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00005270 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryOperator(Input, Opc, resultType, OpLoc));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005271}
5272
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005273// Unary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator.
5274Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
5275 tok::TokenKind Op, ExprArg input) {
5276 Expr *Input = (Expr*)input.get();
5277 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc = ConvertTokenKindToUnaryOpcode(Op);
5278
5279 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && Input->getType()->isOverloadableType()) {
5280 // Find all of the overloaded operators visible from this
5281 // point. We perform both an operator-name lookup from the local
5282 // scope and an argument-dependent lookup based on the types of
5283 // the arguments.
5284 FunctionSet Functions;
5285 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp = UnaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
5286 if (OverOp != OO_None) {
5287 LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverOp, S, Input->getType(), QualType(),
5288 Functions);
5289 DeclarationName OpName
5290 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OverOp);
5291 ArgumentDependentLookup(OpName, &Input, 1, Functions);
5292 }
5293
5294 return CreateOverloadedUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, Functions, move(input));
5295 }
5296
5297 return CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, move(input));
5298}
5299
Steve Naroff1b273c42007-09-16 14:56:35 +00005300/// ActOnAddrLabel - Parse the GNU address of label extension: "&&foo".
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005301Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnAddrLabel(SourceLocation OpLoc,
5302 SourceLocation LabLoc,
5303 IdentifierInfo *LabelII) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005304 // Look up the record for this label identifier.
Chris Lattnerea29a3a2009-04-18 20:01:55 +00005305 LabelStmt *&LabelDecl = getLabelMap()[LabelII];
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005306
Daniel Dunbar0ffb1252008-08-04 16:51:22 +00005307 // If we haven't seen this label yet, create a forward reference. It
5308 // will be validated and/or cleaned up in ActOnFinishFunctionBody.
Steve Naroffcaaacec2009-03-13 15:38:40 +00005309 if (LabelDecl == 0)
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00005310 LabelDecl = new (Context) LabelStmt(LabLoc, LabelII, 0);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005311
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005312 // Create the AST node. The address of a label always has type 'void*'.
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005313 return Owned(new (Context) AddrLabelExpr(OpLoc, LabLoc, LabelDecl,
5314 Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy)));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005315}
5316
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005317Sema::OwningExprResult
5318Sema::ActOnStmtExpr(SourceLocation LPLoc, StmtArg substmt,
5319 SourceLocation RPLoc) { // "({..})"
5320 Stmt *SubStmt = static_cast<Stmt*>(substmt.get());
Chris Lattnerab18c4c2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00005321 assert(SubStmt && isa<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt) && "Invalid action invocation!");
5322 CompoundStmt *Compound = cast<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt);
5323
Eli Friedmandca2b732009-01-24 23:09:00 +00005324 bool isFileScope = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl() == 0;
Chris Lattner4a049f02009-04-25 19:11:05 +00005325 if (isFileScope)
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005326 return ExprError(Diag(LPLoc, diag::err_stmtexpr_file_scope));
Eli Friedmandca2b732009-01-24 23:09:00 +00005327
Chris Lattnerab18c4c2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00005328 // FIXME: there are a variety of strange constraints to enforce here, for
5329 // example, it is not possible to goto into a stmt expression apparently.
5330 // More semantic analysis is needed.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005331
Chris Lattnerab18c4c2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00005332 // If there are sub stmts in the compound stmt, take the type of the last one
5333 // as the type of the stmtexpr.
5334 QualType Ty = Context.VoidTy;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005335
Chris Lattner611b2ec2008-07-26 19:51:01 +00005336 if (!Compound->body_empty()) {
5337 Stmt *LastStmt = Compound->body_back();
5338 // If LastStmt is a label, skip down through into the body.
5339 while (LabelStmt *Label = dyn_cast<LabelStmt>(LastStmt))
5340 LastStmt = Label->getSubStmt();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005341
Chris Lattner611b2ec2008-07-26 19:51:01 +00005342 if (Expr *LastExpr = dyn_cast<Expr>(LastStmt))
Chris Lattnerab18c4c2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00005343 Ty = LastExpr->getType();
Chris Lattner611b2ec2008-07-26 19:51:01 +00005344 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005345
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00005346 // FIXME: Check that expression type is complete/non-abstract; statement
5347 // expressions are not lvalues.
5348
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005349 substmt.release();
5350 return Owned(new (Context) StmtExpr(Compound, Ty, LPLoc, RPLoc));
Chris Lattnerab18c4c2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00005351}
Steve Naroffd34e9152007-08-01 22:05:33 +00005352
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005353Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBuiltinOffsetOf(Scope *S,
5354 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
5355 SourceLocation TypeLoc,
5356 TypeTy *argty,
5357 OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr,
5358 unsigned NumComponents,
5359 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
5360 // FIXME: This function leaks all expressions in the offset components on
5361 // error.
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005362 QualType ArgTy = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(argty);
5363 assert(!ArgTy.isNull() && "Missing type argument!");
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005364
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005365 bool Dependent = ArgTy->isDependentType();
5366
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005367 // We must have at least one component that refers to the type, and the first
5368 // one is known to be a field designator. Verify that the ArgTy represents
5369 // a struct/union/class.
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005370 if (!Dependent && !ArgTy->isRecordType())
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005371 return ExprError(Diag(TypeLoc, diag::err_offsetof_record_type) << ArgTy);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005372
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00005373 // FIXME: Type must be complete per C99 7.17p3 because a declaring a variable
5374 // with an incomplete type would be illegal.
Douglas Gregor4fdf1fa2009-03-11 16:48:53 +00005375
Eli Friedman35183ac2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00005376 // Otherwise, create a null pointer as the base, and iteratively process
5377 // the offsetof designators.
5378 QualType ArgTyPtr = Context.getPointerType(ArgTy);
5379 Expr* Res = new (Context) ImplicitValueInitExpr(ArgTyPtr);
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005380 Res = new (Context) UnaryOperator(Res, UnaryOperator::Deref,
Eli Friedman35183ac2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00005381 ArgTy, SourceLocation());
Eli Friedman1d242592009-01-26 01:33:06 +00005382
Chris Lattner9e2b75c2007-08-31 21:49:13 +00005383 // offsetof with non-identifier designators (e.g. "offsetof(x, a.b[c])") are a
5384 // GCC extension, diagnose them.
Eli Friedman35183ac2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00005385 // FIXME: This diagnostic isn't actually visible because the location is in
5386 // a system header!
Chris Lattner9e2b75c2007-08-31 21:49:13 +00005387 if (NumComponents != 1)
Chris Lattnerdcd5ef12008-11-19 05:27:50 +00005388 Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::ext_offsetof_extended_field_designator)
5389 << SourceRange(CompPtr[1].LocStart, CompPtr[NumComponents-1].LocEnd);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005390
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005391 if (!Dependent) {
Eli Friedmanc0d600c2009-05-03 21:22:18 +00005392 bool DidWarnAboutNonPOD = false;
Anders Carlsson5992e4a2009-05-02 18:36:10 +00005393
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005394 // FIXME: Dependent case loses a lot of information here. And probably
5395 // leaks like a sieve.
5396 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumComponents; ++i) {
5397 const OffsetOfComponent &OC = CompPtr[i];
5398 if (OC.isBrackets) {
5399 // Offset of an array sub-field. TODO: Should we allow vector elements?
5400 const ArrayType *AT = Context.getAsArrayType(Res->getType());
5401 if (!AT) {
5402 Res->Destroy(Context);
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005403 return ExprError(Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_array_type)
5404 << Res->getType());
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005405 }
5406
5407 // FIXME: C++: Verify that operator[] isn't overloaded.
5408
Eli Friedman35183ac2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00005409 // Promote the array so it looks more like a normal array subscript
5410 // expression.
5411 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Res);
5412
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005413 // C99 6.5.2.1p1
5414 Expr *Idx = static_cast<Expr*>(OC.U.E);
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005415 // FIXME: Leaks Res
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005416 if (!Idx->isTypeDependent() && !Idx->getType()->isIntegerType())
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005417 return ExprError(Diag(Idx->getLocStart(),
Chris Lattner338395d2009-04-25 22:50:55 +00005418 diag::err_typecheck_subscript_not_integer)
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005419 << Idx->getSourceRange());
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005420
5421 Res = new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(Res, Idx, AT->getElementType(),
5422 OC.LocEnd);
5423 continue;
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005424 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005425
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005426 const RecordType *RC = Res->getType()->getAs<RecordType>();
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005427 if (!RC) {
5428 Res->Destroy(Context);
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005429 return ExprError(Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_record_type)
5430 << Res->getType());
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005431 }
Chris Lattner704fe352007-08-30 17:59:59 +00005432
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005433 // Get the decl corresponding to this.
5434 RecordDecl *RD = RC->getDecl();
Anders Carlsson6d7f1492009-05-01 23:20:30 +00005435 if (CXXRecordDecl *CRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) {
Anders Carlsson5992e4a2009-05-02 18:36:10 +00005436 if (!CRD->isPOD() && !DidWarnAboutNonPOD) {
Anders Carlssonf9b8bc62009-05-02 17:45:47 +00005437 ExprError(Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::warn_offsetof_non_pod_type)
5438 << SourceRange(CompPtr[0].LocStart, OC.LocEnd)
5439 << Res->getType());
Anders Carlsson5992e4a2009-05-02 18:36:10 +00005440 DidWarnAboutNonPOD = true;
5441 }
Anders Carlsson6d7f1492009-05-01 23:20:30 +00005442 }
5443
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005444 FieldDecl *MemberDecl
5445 = dyn_cast_or_null<FieldDecl>(LookupQualifiedName(RD, OC.U.IdentInfo,
5446 LookupMemberName)
5447 .getAsDecl());
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005448 // FIXME: Leaks Res
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005449 if (!MemberDecl)
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005450 return ExprError(Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_typecheck_no_member)
5451 << OC.U.IdentInfo << SourceRange(OC.LocStart, OC.LocEnd));
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005452
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005453 // FIXME: C++: Verify that MemberDecl isn't a static field.
5454 // FIXME: Verify that MemberDecl isn't a bitfield.
Eli Friedmane9356962009-04-26 20:50:44 +00005455 if (cast<RecordDecl>(MemberDecl->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) {
Anders Carlssonf1b1d592009-05-01 19:30:39 +00005456 Res = BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(
5457 SourceLocation(), MemberDecl, Res, SourceLocation()).takeAs<Expr>();
Eli Friedmane9356962009-04-26 20:50:44 +00005458 } else {
5459 // MemberDecl->getType() doesn't get the right qualifiers, but it
5460 // doesn't matter here.
5461 Res = new (Context) MemberExpr(Res, false, MemberDecl, OC.LocEnd,
5462 MemberDecl->getType().getNonReferenceType());
5463 }
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005464 }
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005465 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005466
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005467 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryOperator(Res, UnaryOperator::OffsetOf,
5468 Context.getSizeType(), BuiltinLoc));
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005469}
5470
5471
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005472Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnTypesCompatibleExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
5473 TypeTy *arg1,TypeTy *arg2,
5474 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
Steve Naroffd34e9152007-08-01 22:05:33 +00005475 QualType argT1 = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(arg1);
5476 QualType argT2 = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(arg2);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005477
Steve Naroffd34e9152007-08-01 22:05:33 +00005478 assert((!argT1.isNull() && !argT2.isNull()) && "Missing type argument(s)");
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005479
Douglas Gregorc12a9c52009-05-19 22:28:02 +00005480 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5481 Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_types_compatible_p_in_cplusplus)
5482 << SourceRange(BuiltinLoc, RPLoc);
5483 return ExprError();
5484 }
5485
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005486 return Owned(new (Context) TypesCompatibleExpr(Context.IntTy, BuiltinLoc,
5487 argT1, argT2, RPLoc));
Steve Naroffd34e9152007-08-01 22:05:33 +00005488}
5489
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005490Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnChooseExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
5491 ExprArg cond,
5492 ExprArg expr1, ExprArg expr2,
5493 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
5494 Expr *CondExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(cond.get());
5495 Expr *LHSExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(expr1.get());
5496 Expr *RHSExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(expr2.get());
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005497
Steve Naroffd04fdd52007-08-03 21:21:27 +00005498 assert((CondExpr && LHSExpr && RHSExpr) && "Missing type argument(s)");
5499
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005500 QualType resType;
Douglas Gregorc9ecc572009-05-19 22:43:30 +00005501 if (CondExpr->isTypeDependent() || CondExpr->isValueDependent()) {
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005502 resType = Context.DependentTy;
5503 } else {
5504 // The conditional expression is required to be a constant expression.
5505 llvm::APSInt condEval(32);
5506 SourceLocation ExpLoc;
5507 if (!CondExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(condEval, Context, &ExpLoc))
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005508 return ExprError(Diag(ExpLoc,
5509 diag::err_typecheck_choose_expr_requires_constant)
5510 << CondExpr->getSourceRange());
Steve Naroffd04fdd52007-08-03 21:21:27 +00005511
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005512 // If the condition is > zero, then the AST type is the same as the LSHExpr.
5513 resType = condEval.getZExtValue() ? LHSExpr->getType() : RHSExpr->getType();
5514 }
5515
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005516 cond.release(); expr1.release(); expr2.release();
5517 return Owned(new (Context) ChooseExpr(BuiltinLoc, CondExpr, LHSExpr, RHSExpr,
5518 resType, RPLoc));
Steve Naroffd04fdd52007-08-03 21:21:27 +00005519}
5520
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005521//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5522// Clang Extensions.
5523//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5524
5525/// ActOnBlockStart - This callback is invoked when a block literal is started.
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005526void Sema::ActOnBlockStart(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *BlockScope) {
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005527 // Analyze block parameters.
5528 BlockSemaInfo *BSI = new BlockSemaInfo();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005529
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005530 // Add BSI to CurBlock.
5531 BSI->PrevBlockInfo = CurBlock;
5532 CurBlock = BSI;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005533
Fariborz Jahanian7d5c74e2009-06-19 23:37:08 +00005534 BSI->ReturnType = QualType();
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005535 BSI->TheScope = BlockScope;
Mike Stumpb83d2872009-02-19 22:01:56 +00005536 BSI->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = false;
Daniel Dunbar1d2154c2009-07-29 01:59:17 +00005537 BSI->hasPrototype = false;
Chris Lattner17a78302009-04-19 05:28:12 +00005538 BSI->SavedFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking;
5539 CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = false;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005540
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005541 BSI->TheDecl = BlockDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, CaretLoc);
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00005542 PushDeclContext(BlockScope, BSI->TheDecl);
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005543}
5544
Mike Stump98eb8a72009-02-04 22:31:32 +00005545void Sema::ActOnBlockArguments(Declarator &ParamInfo, Scope *CurScope) {
Mike Stumpaf199f32009-05-07 18:43:07 +00005546 assert(ParamInfo.getIdentifier()==0 && "block-id should have no identifier!");
Mike Stump98eb8a72009-02-04 22:31:32 +00005547
5548 if (ParamInfo.getNumTypeObjects() == 0
5549 || ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Kind != DeclaratorChunk::Function) {
Douglas Gregor9cdda0c2009-06-17 21:51:59 +00005550 ProcessDeclAttributes(CurScope, CurBlock->TheDecl, ParamInfo);
Mike Stump98eb8a72009-02-04 22:31:32 +00005551 QualType T = GetTypeForDeclarator(ParamInfo, CurScope);
5552
Mike Stump4eeab842009-04-28 01:10:27 +00005553 if (T->isArrayType()) {
5554 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
5555 diag::err_block_returns_array);
5556 return;
5557 }
5558
Mike Stump98eb8a72009-02-04 22:31:32 +00005559 // The parameter list is optional, if there was none, assume ().
5560 if (!T->isFunctionType())
5561 T = Context.getFunctionType(T, NULL, 0, 0, 0);
5562
5563 CurBlock->hasPrototype = true;
5564 CurBlock->isVariadic = false;
Fariborz Jahanian2f7c3922009-05-14 20:53:39 +00005565 // Check for a valid sentinel attribute on this block.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00005566 if (CurBlock->TheDecl->getAttr<SentinelAttr>()) {
Fariborz Jahanian2f7c3922009-05-14 20:53:39 +00005567 Diag(ParamInfo.getAttributes()->getLoc(),
Fariborz Jahanian3bba33d2009-05-15 21:18:04 +00005568 diag::warn_attribute_sentinel_not_variadic) << 1;
Fariborz Jahanian2f7c3922009-05-14 20:53:39 +00005569 // FIXME: remove the attribute.
5570 }
Chris Lattner9097af12009-04-11 19:27:54 +00005571 QualType RetTy = T.getTypePtr()->getAsFunctionType()->getResultType();
5572
5573 // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value.
5574 if (RetTy->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
5575 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
5576 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 << RetTy;
5577 return;
5578 }
Mike Stump98eb8a72009-02-04 22:31:32 +00005579 return;
5580 }
5581
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005582 // Analyze arguments to block.
5583 assert(ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function &&
5584 "Not a function declarator!");
5585 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Fun;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005586
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005587 CurBlock->hasPrototype = FTI.hasPrototype;
5588 CurBlock->isVariadic = true;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005589
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005590 // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs function that takes
5591 // no arguments, not a function that takes a single void argument.
5592 if (FTI.hasPrototype &&
5593 FTI.NumArgs == 1 && !FTI.isVariadic && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Ident == 0 &&
Chris Lattnerb28317a2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00005594 (!FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>()->getType().getCVRQualifiers()&&
5595 FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>()->getType()->isVoidType())) {
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005596 // empty arg list, don't push any params.
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005597 CurBlock->isVariadic = false;
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005598 } else if (FTI.hasPrototype) {
5599 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumArgs; i != e; ++i)
Chris Lattnerb28317a2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00005600 CurBlock->Params.push_back(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>());
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005601 CurBlock->isVariadic = FTI.isVariadic;
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005602 }
Jay Foadbeaaccd2009-05-21 09:52:38 +00005603 CurBlock->TheDecl->setParams(Context, CurBlock->Params.data(),
Chris Lattner9097af12009-04-11 19:27:54 +00005604 CurBlock->Params.size());
Fariborz Jahaniand66f22d2009-05-19 17:08:59 +00005605 CurBlock->TheDecl->setIsVariadic(CurBlock->isVariadic);
Douglas Gregor9cdda0c2009-06-17 21:51:59 +00005606 ProcessDeclAttributes(CurScope, CurBlock->TheDecl, ParamInfo);
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005607 for (BlockDecl::param_iterator AI = CurBlock->TheDecl->param_begin(),
5608 E = CurBlock->TheDecl->param_end(); AI != E; ++AI)
5609 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
5610 if ((*AI)->getIdentifier())
5611 PushOnScopeChains(*AI, CurBlock->TheScope);
Chris Lattner9097af12009-04-11 19:27:54 +00005612
Fariborz Jahanian2f7c3922009-05-14 20:53:39 +00005613 // Check for a valid sentinel attribute on this block.
Douglas Gregor68584ed2009-06-18 16:11:24 +00005614 if (!CurBlock->isVariadic &&
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00005615 CurBlock->TheDecl->getAttr<SentinelAttr>()) {
Fariborz Jahanian2f7c3922009-05-14 20:53:39 +00005616 Diag(ParamInfo.getAttributes()->getLoc(),
Fariborz Jahanian3bba33d2009-05-15 21:18:04 +00005617 diag::warn_attribute_sentinel_not_variadic) << 1;
Fariborz Jahanian2f7c3922009-05-14 20:53:39 +00005618 // FIXME: remove the attribute.
5619 }
5620
Chris Lattner9097af12009-04-11 19:27:54 +00005621 // Analyze the return type.
5622 QualType T = GetTypeForDeclarator(ParamInfo, CurScope);
5623 QualType RetTy = T->getAsFunctionType()->getResultType();
5624
5625 // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value.
5626 if (RetTy->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
5627 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
5628 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 << RetTy;
5629 } else if (!RetTy->isDependentType())
Fariborz Jahanian7d5c74e2009-06-19 23:37:08 +00005630 CurBlock->ReturnType = RetTy;
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005631}
5632
5633/// ActOnBlockError - If there is an error parsing a block, this callback
5634/// is invoked to pop the information about the block from the action impl.
5635void Sema::ActOnBlockError(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope) {
5636 // Ensure that CurBlock is deleted.
5637 llvm::OwningPtr<BlockSemaInfo> CC(CurBlock);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005638
Chris Lattner17a78302009-04-19 05:28:12 +00005639 CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = CurBlock->SavedFunctionNeedsScopeChecking;
5640
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005641 // Pop off CurBlock, handle nested blocks.
Chris Lattner5c59e2b2009-04-21 22:38:46 +00005642 PopDeclContext();
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005643 CurBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo;
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005644 // FIXME: Delete the ParmVarDecl objects as well???
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005645}
5646
5647/// ActOnBlockStmtExpr - This is called when the body of a block statement
5648/// literal was successfully completed. ^(int x){...}
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005649Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBlockStmtExpr(SourceLocation CaretLoc,
5650 StmtArg body, Scope *CurScope) {
Chris Lattner9af55002009-03-27 04:18:06 +00005651 // If blocks are disabled, emit an error.
5652 if (!LangOpts.Blocks)
5653 Diag(CaretLoc, diag::err_blocks_disable);
5654
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005655 // Ensure that CurBlock is deleted.
5656 llvm::OwningPtr<BlockSemaInfo> BSI(CurBlock);
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005657
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005658 PopDeclContext();
5659
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005660 // Pop off CurBlock, handle nested blocks.
5661 CurBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005662
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005663 QualType RetTy = Context.VoidTy;
Fariborz Jahanian7d5c74e2009-06-19 23:37:08 +00005664 if (!BSI->ReturnType.isNull())
5665 RetTy = BSI->ReturnType;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005666
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005667 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 8> ArgTypes;
5668 for (unsigned i = 0, e = BSI->Params.size(); i != e; ++i)
5669 ArgTypes.push_back(BSI->Params[i]->getType());
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005670
Mike Stump56925862009-07-28 22:04:01 +00005671 bool NoReturn = BSI->TheDecl->getAttr<NoReturnAttr>();
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005672 QualType BlockTy;
5673 if (!BSI->hasPrototype)
Mike Stump56925862009-07-28 22:04:01 +00005674 BlockTy = Context.getFunctionType(RetTy, 0, 0, false, 0, false, false, 0, 0,
5675 NoReturn);
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005676 else
Jay Foadbeaaccd2009-05-21 09:52:38 +00005677 BlockTy = Context.getFunctionType(RetTy, ArgTypes.data(), ArgTypes.size(),
Mike Stump56925862009-07-28 22:04:01 +00005678 BSI->isVariadic, 0, false, false, 0, 0,
5679 NoReturn);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005680
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00005681 // FIXME: Check that return/parameter types are complete/non-abstract
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005682 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(BSI->Params.begin(), BSI->Params.end());
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005683 BlockTy = Context.getBlockPointerType(BlockTy);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005684
Chris Lattner17a78302009-04-19 05:28:12 +00005685 // If needed, diagnose invalid gotos and switches in the block.
5686 if (CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking)
5687 DiagnoseInvalidJumps(static_cast<CompoundStmt*>(body.get()));
5688 CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = BSI->SavedFunctionNeedsScopeChecking;
5689
Anders Carlssone9146f22009-05-01 19:49:17 +00005690 BSI->TheDecl->setBody(body.takeAs<CompoundStmt>());
Mike Stump56925862009-07-28 22:04:01 +00005691 CheckFallThroughForBlock(BlockTy, BSI->TheDecl->getBody());
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005692 return Owned(new (Context) BlockExpr(BSI->TheDecl, BlockTy,
5693 BSI->hasBlockDeclRefExprs));
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005694}
5695
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005696Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnVAArg(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
5697 ExprArg expr, TypeTy *type,
5698 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
Anders Carlsson7c50aca2007-10-15 20:28:48 +00005699 QualType T = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(type);
Chris Lattner0d20b8a2009-04-05 15:49:53 +00005700 Expr *E = static_cast<Expr*>(expr.get());
5701 Expr *OrigExpr = E;
5702
Anders Carlsson7c50aca2007-10-15 20:28:48 +00005703 InitBuiltinVaListType();
Eli Friedmanc34bcde2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00005704
5705 // Get the va_list type
5706 QualType VaListType = Context.getBuiltinVaListType();
Eli Friedman5c091ba2009-05-16 12:46:54 +00005707 if (VaListType->isArrayType()) {
5708 // Deal with implicit array decay; for example, on x86-64,
5709 // va_list is an array, but it's supposed to decay to
5710 // a pointer for va_arg.
Eli Friedmanc34bcde2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00005711 VaListType = Context.getArrayDecayedType(VaListType);
Eli Friedman5c091ba2009-05-16 12:46:54 +00005712 // Make sure the input expression also decays appropriately.
5713 UsualUnaryConversions(E);
5714 } else {
5715 // Otherwise, the va_list argument must be an l-value because
5716 // it is modified by va_arg.
Douglas Gregordd027302009-05-19 23:10:31 +00005717 if (!E->isTypeDependent() &&
5718 CheckForModifiableLvalue(E, BuiltinLoc, *this))
Eli Friedman5c091ba2009-05-16 12:46:54 +00005719 return ExprError();
5720 }
Eli Friedmanc34bcde2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00005721
Douglas Gregordd027302009-05-19 23:10:31 +00005722 if (!E->isTypeDependent() &&
5723 !Context.hasSameType(VaListType, E->getType())) {
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005724 return ExprError(Diag(E->getLocStart(),
5725 diag::err_first_argument_to_va_arg_not_of_type_va_list)
Chris Lattner0d20b8a2009-04-05 15:49:53 +00005726 << OrigExpr->getType() << E->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner9dc8f192009-04-05 00:59:53 +00005727 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005728
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00005729 // FIXME: Check that type is complete/non-abstract
Anders Carlsson7c50aca2007-10-15 20:28:48 +00005730 // FIXME: Warn if a non-POD type is passed in.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005731
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005732 expr.release();
5733 return Owned(new (Context) VAArgExpr(BuiltinLoc, E, T.getNonReferenceType(),
5734 RPLoc));
Anders Carlsson7c50aca2007-10-15 20:28:48 +00005735}
5736
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005737Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnGNUNullExpr(SourceLocation TokenLoc) {
Douglas Gregor2d8b2732008-11-29 04:51:27 +00005738 // The type of __null will be int or long, depending on the size of
5739 // pointers on the target.
5740 QualType Ty;
5741 if (Context.Target.getPointerWidth(0) == Context.Target.getIntWidth())
5742 Ty = Context.IntTy;
5743 else
5744 Ty = Context.LongTy;
5745
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005746 return Owned(new (Context) GNUNullExpr(Ty, TokenLoc));
Douglas Gregor2d8b2732008-11-29 04:51:27 +00005747}
5748
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005749bool Sema::DiagnoseAssignmentResult(AssignConvertType ConvTy,
5750 SourceLocation Loc,
5751 QualType DstType, QualType SrcType,
5752 Expr *SrcExpr, const char *Flavor) {
5753 // Decode the result (notice that AST's are still created for extensions).
5754 bool isInvalid = false;
5755 unsigned DiagKind;
5756 switch (ConvTy) {
5757 default: assert(0 && "Unknown conversion type");
5758 case Compatible: return false;
Chris Lattnerb7b61152008-01-04 18:22:42 +00005759 case PointerToInt:
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005760 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_pointer_int;
5761 break;
Chris Lattnerb7b61152008-01-04 18:22:42 +00005762 case IntToPointer:
5763 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_int_pointer;
5764 break;
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005765 case IncompatiblePointer:
5766 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer;
5767 break;
Eli Friedmanf05c05d2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00005768 case IncompatiblePointerSign:
5769 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer_sign;
5770 break;
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005771 case FunctionVoidPointer:
5772 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_pointer_void_func;
5773 break;
5774 case CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers:
Douglas Gregor77a52232008-09-12 00:47:35 +00005775 // If the qualifiers lost were because we were applying the
5776 // (deprecated) C++ conversion from a string literal to a char*
5777 // (or wchar_t*), then there was no error (C++ 4.2p2). FIXME:
5778 // Ideally, this check would be performed in
5779 // CheckPointerTypesForAssignment. However, that would require a
5780 // bit of refactoring (so that the second argument is an
5781 // expression, rather than a type), which should be done as part
5782 // of a larger effort to fix CheckPointerTypesForAssignment for
5783 // C++ semantics.
5784 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
5785 IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(SrcExpr, DstType))
5786 return false;
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005787 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_discards_qualifiers;
5788 break;
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00005789 case IntToBlockPointer:
5790 DiagKind = diag::err_int_to_block_pointer;
5791 break;
5792 case IncompatibleBlockPointer:
Mike Stump25efa102009-04-21 22:51:42 +00005793 DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible_block_pointer;
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00005794 break;
Steve Naroff39579072008-10-14 22:18:38 +00005795 case IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId:
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005796 // FIXME: Diagnose the problem in ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible, since
Steve Naroff39579072008-10-14 22:18:38 +00005797 // it can give a more specific diagnostic.
5798 DiagKind = diag::warn_incompatible_qualified_id;
5799 break;
Anders Carlssonb0f90cc2009-01-30 23:17:46 +00005800 case IncompatibleVectors:
5801 DiagKind = diag::warn_incompatible_vectors;
5802 break;
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005803 case Incompatible:
5804 DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible;
5805 isInvalid = true;
5806 break;
5807 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005808
Chris Lattnerd9d22dd2008-11-24 05:29:24 +00005809 Diag(Loc, DiagKind) << DstType << SrcType << Flavor
5810 << SrcExpr->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005811 return isInvalid;
5812}
Anders Carlssone21555e2008-11-30 19:50:32 +00005813
Chris Lattner3bf68932009-04-25 21:59:05 +00005814bool Sema::VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(const Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result){
Eli Friedman3b5ccca2009-04-25 22:26:58 +00005815 llvm::APSInt ICEResult;
5816 if (E->isIntegerConstantExpr(ICEResult, Context)) {
5817 if (Result)
5818 *Result = ICEResult;
5819 return false;
5820 }
5821
Anders Carlssone21555e2008-11-30 19:50:32 +00005822 Expr::EvalResult EvalResult;
5823
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005824 if (!E->Evaluate(EvalResult, Context) || !EvalResult.Val.isInt() ||
Anders Carlssone21555e2008-11-30 19:50:32 +00005825 EvalResult.HasSideEffects) {
5826 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_expr_not_ice) << E->getSourceRange();
5827
5828 if (EvalResult.Diag) {
5829 // We only show the note if it's not the usual "invalid subexpression"
5830 // or if it's actually in a subexpression.
5831 if (EvalResult.Diag != diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_ice ||
5832 E->IgnoreParens() != EvalResult.DiagExpr->IgnoreParens())
5833 Diag(EvalResult.DiagLoc, EvalResult.Diag);
5834 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005835
Anders Carlssone21555e2008-11-30 19:50:32 +00005836 return true;
5837 }
5838
Eli Friedman3b5ccca2009-04-25 22:26:58 +00005839 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::ext_expr_not_ice) <<
5840 E->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlssone21555e2008-11-30 19:50:32 +00005841
Eli Friedman3b5ccca2009-04-25 22:26:58 +00005842 if (EvalResult.Diag &&
5843 Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::ext_expr_not_ice) != Diagnostic::Ignored)
5844 Diag(EvalResult.DiagLoc, EvalResult.Diag);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005845
Anders Carlssone21555e2008-11-30 19:50:32 +00005846 if (Result)
5847 *Result = EvalResult.Val.getInt();
5848 return false;
5849}
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005850
Douglas Gregorac7610d2009-06-22 20:57:11 +00005851Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext
5852Sema::PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext) {
5853 // Introduce a new set of potentially referenced declarations to the stack.
5854 if (NewContext == PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated)
5855 PotentiallyReferencedDeclStack.push_back(PotentiallyReferencedDecls());
5856
5857 std::swap(ExprEvalContext, NewContext);
5858 return NewContext;
5859}
5860
5861void
5862Sema::PopExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext OldContext,
5863 ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext) {
5864 ExprEvalContext = NewContext;
5865
5866 if (OldContext == PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated) {
5867 // Mark any remaining declarations in the current position of the stack
5868 // as "referenced". If they were not meant to be referenced, semantic
5869 // analysis would have eliminated them (e.g., in ActOnCXXTypeId).
5870 PotentiallyReferencedDecls RemainingDecls;
5871 RemainingDecls.swap(PotentiallyReferencedDeclStack.back());
5872 PotentiallyReferencedDeclStack.pop_back();
5873
5874 for (PotentiallyReferencedDecls::iterator I = RemainingDecls.begin(),
5875 IEnd = RemainingDecls.end();
5876 I != IEnd; ++I)
5877 MarkDeclarationReferenced(I->first, I->second);
5878 }
5879}
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005880
5881/// \brief Note that the given declaration was referenced in the source code.
5882///
5883/// This routine should be invoke whenever a given declaration is referenced
5884/// in the source code, and where that reference occurred. If this declaration
5885/// reference means that the the declaration is used (C++ [basic.def.odr]p2,
5886/// C99 6.9p3), then the declaration will be marked as used.
5887///
5888/// \param Loc the location where the declaration was referenced.
5889///
5890/// \param D the declaration that has been referenced by the source code.
5891void Sema::MarkDeclarationReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *D) {
5892 assert(D && "No declaration?");
5893
Douglas Gregord7f37bf2009-06-22 23:06:13 +00005894 if (D->isUsed())
5895 return;
5896
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005897 // Mark a parameter declaration "used", regardless of whether we're in a
5898 // template or not.
5899 if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(D))
5900 D->setUsed(true);
5901
5902 // Do not mark anything as "used" within a dependent context; wait for
5903 // an instantiation.
5904 if (CurContext->isDependentContext())
5905 return;
5906
Douglas Gregorac7610d2009-06-22 20:57:11 +00005907 switch (ExprEvalContext) {
5908 case Unevaluated:
5909 // We are in an expression that is not potentially evaluated; do nothing.
5910 return;
5911
5912 case PotentiallyEvaluated:
5913 // We are in a potentially-evaluated expression, so this declaration is
5914 // "used"; handle this below.
5915 break;
5916
5917 case PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated:
5918 // We are in an expression that may be potentially evaluated; queue this
5919 // declaration reference until we know whether the expression is
5920 // potentially evaluated.
5921 PotentiallyReferencedDeclStack.back().push_back(std::make_pair(Loc, D));
5922 return;
5923 }
5924
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005925 // Note that this declaration has been used.
Fariborz Jahanianb7f4cc02009-06-22 17:30:33 +00005926 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D)) {
Fariborz Jahanian485f0872009-06-22 23:34:40 +00005927 unsigned TypeQuals;
Fariborz Jahanian05a5c452009-06-22 20:37:23 +00005928 if (Constructor->isImplicit() && Constructor->isDefaultConstructor()) {
5929 if (!Constructor->isUsed())
5930 DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor(Loc, Constructor);
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +00005931 } else if (Constructor->isImplicit() &&
5932 Constructor->isCopyConstructor(Context, TypeQuals)) {
Fariborz Jahanian485f0872009-06-22 23:34:40 +00005933 if (!Constructor->isUsed())
5934 DefineImplicitCopyConstructor(Loc, Constructor, TypeQuals);
5935 }
Fariborz Jahanian8d2b3562009-06-26 23:49:16 +00005936 } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(D)) {
5937 if (Destructor->isImplicit() && !Destructor->isUsed())
5938 DefineImplicitDestructor(Loc, Destructor);
5939
Fariborz Jahanianc75bc2d2009-06-25 21:45:19 +00005940 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
5941 if (MethodDecl->isImplicit() && MethodDecl->isOverloadedOperator() &&
5942 MethodDecl->getOverloadedOperator() == OO_Equal) {
5943 if (!MethodDecl->isUsed())
5944 DefineImplicitOverloadedAssign(Loc, MethodDecl);
5945 }
5946 }
Fariborz Jahanianf5ed9e02009-06-24 22:09:44 +00005947 if (FunctionDecl *Function = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Douglas Gregor1637be72009-06-26 00:10:03 +00005948 // Implicit instantiation of function templates and member functions of
5949 // class templates.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6fb0aee2009-06-30 02:35:26 +00005950 if (!Function->getBody()) {
Douglas Gregor1637be72009-06-26 00:10:03 +00005951 // FIXME: distinguish between implicit instantiations of function
5952 // templates and explicit specializations (the latter don't get
5953 // instantiated, naturally).
5954 if (Function->getInstantiatedFromMemberFunction() ||
5955 Function->getPrimaryTemplate())
Douglas Gregorb33fe2f2009-06-30 17:20:14 +00005956 PendingImplicitInstantiations.push_back(std::make_pair(Function, Loc));
Douglas Gregord7f37bf2009-06-22 23:06:13 +00005957 }
5958
5959
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005960 // FIXME: keep track of references to static functions
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005961 Function->setUsed(true);
5962 return;
Douglas Gregord7f37bf2009-06-22 23:06:13 +00005963 }
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005964
5965 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
Douglas Gregor7caa6822009-07-24 20:34:43 +00005966 // Implicit instantiation of static data members of class templates.
5967 // FIXME: distinguish between implicit instantiations (which we need to
5968 // actually instantiate) and explicit specializations.
5969 if (Var->isStaticDataMember() &&
5970 Var->getInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember())
5971 PendingImplicitInstantiations.push_back(std::make_pair(Var, Loc));
5972
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005973 // FIXME: keep track of references to static data?
Douglas Gregor7caa6822009-07-24 20:34:43 +00005974
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005975 D->setUsed(true);
Douglas Gregor7caa6822009-07-24 20:34:43 +00005976 return;
5977}
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005978}
5979